null  null
c.
TE
i
.,.
-.
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
I
1'
#
XNE
CHEJJ
www.carburetor-manual.com
Would you like some Free Manuals?
http://carburetor-manual.com/free-shop-manual-club-t-13.html
Also visit http://freeshopmanual.com for more Free Manuals
Also Visit my website for 7 FREE Download Manuals starting
with this one.
"The ABC's of Carburetion"
Click Here Now
file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Tim/Desktop/carburetor-manual-welcome/index.htm[4/25/2009 11:42:20 AM]
0 The 1997 Chevrolet Monte Carlo Owner’s Manual
1-1
Seats and Restraint Systems
This section tellsyou how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the “air bag” system.
2-1
Features and Controls
This section explainshow to start and operate your Chevrolet.
3-1
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you how to adjustthe ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system.
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
5-1
Problems on the Road
This section tells what todo if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated engine, etc.
6-1
Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tellsyou how to keep your Chevrolet running properly and looking good.
7-1
Maintenance Schedule
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
8-1
Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects”
on page 8-10.
9-1
Index
Here’s an alphabetical listingof almost every subjectin this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
i
We support voluntary
technician certification.
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem and the
name MONTE CARLO areregistered trademarks of
General Motors Corporation.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institutefor
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
This manual includes the latest information at thetime it
was printed. We reserve the right to makechanges in the
product after thattime without further notice. For
vehicles first sold inCanada, substitute the name
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual.
For Canadian Owners Who Prefer
a
French Language Manual:
Please keep this manual in your Chevrolet,so it will be
there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. Ifyou
sell the vehicle, pleaseleave this manual in it so the new
owner can use it.
Aux proprictaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
procurer un exemplaire de ceguide en frangais chez
votre concessionaire ou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7
@CopyrightGeneral
Corporation
Motors
1996
All Rights Reserved
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 10292307 B First Edition
ii
~.
~~
..
..
_.
The Heritageof Chevrolet
_-____-_______-______
The dynamic William C. “Billy”
Durant shifted gears frommaking
carriages to making cars,
forming half the team that gave
birth to Chevrolet.
I
Louis Chevrolet, the other half of the team,
at the wheel of his experimental “Classic
Six, which entered production in I91 2.
That year 2999 vehicles were produced.
”
W
1
created for the pleasureof the
open road.
Every decade, Chevrolet
has reinforced its heritage
of affordable performance
with quality and value crafted
I
I
In 1932 Chevrolet
introduced the
Synchro-Mesh
transmission and
oflered a host of
accessories -- including
such niceties as a clock!
I
I
The legacy of America's favorite
sportscar
began in 1953, when 319 hand-assembled
white Corvettes
launched
the
first use of a
jiberglassbody in
a production ca1:
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
,,,,,,,,,,,,,I
V
;
I
I
;
The 1957 Chevy started a romance with the American
public -- and was powered byan available fuel-injected V8.
I
I
and we are pledgedto
I
I
I
make ownershipof your
I
I
I
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
60s automotive excitement
included Chevrolet landmarks
like the Corvette Sting Ray,
the sporty Camaro, and
powerplants like the
legendary 327 V8.
Your new Chevrolet continues a tradition of quality and value.
V
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning
to end when they first receivetheir new vehicle. If you
do this, it will help you learn about thefeatures and
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index
A good place to look forwhat you need is the Indexin
the back of the manual. It’s an alphabeticallist of all
that’s in the manual, and the pagenumber where you’ll
find it.
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find anumber of safety cautions in this book.
We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you
about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore
the warning.
vi
A CAUTION:
These mean thereis something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.
’
You will also find a circle
with a slash through it in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,”
“Don’t do this,” or “Don’t
let this happen.”
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find thesenotices:
1 NOTICE:
These mean thereis something that could
damage your vehicle.
In the noticearea, we tell you about somethingthat
can damageyour vehicle. Many times, this damage
would not be coveredby your warranty, and it could
be costly. But the notice will tell you what to do to help
avoid the damage.
When you readother manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warningsin different colors
or in different words.
You’ll also seewarning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
I
'
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
A
Q
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
These symbols
have to do with
your lamps:
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
COOLANT
TEMP
ee
CAUSTIC
BATTERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
I
COOLANT
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BA'ITERY
POWER
WINDOW
,\I/,
-
0
DAYTIME
RUNNING '
LAMPS * '
FOG LAMPS
#0
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
VENTILATING
FAN
1-1
FUSE
LIGHTER
(0)
)cr
a
b
B
HORN
BRAKE
BURNS
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
-
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
SPEAKER
e,
FUEL
(@)
Supplement to the1997 Chevrolet Lumina and Monte Carlo Owner’s Manuals
This is a correction to informationfound on page 2-34and 2-35 (Lumina) and page 2-34(Monte Carlo).
Daytime Running Lamps/ Automatic
Headlamp Control
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier
for others tosee the front of your vehicle during the
day. DRL can be helpful in many different dnving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes
the DRL work, so be sure it isn’t covered.
The DRL system will make your high-beam headlamps
come on ata reduced brightness when:
The ignition is on,
The headlamp switch is off and
The parking brake is released.
When the DRL are on, only your reduced intensity
high-beam headlamps will be on. The taillamps,
sidemarker and other lamps won’t be on. Your
instrument panel won’t be lit up either.
When it’s dark enough outside, your DRL will turn off
and your low-beam headlamps will turn on. The other
lamps that come on with your headlamps will also
come on.
When it’s bright enough outside, the low-beam
headlamps will go outand DRL turns on your
high-beam headlamps at reduced intensity.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake while the ignition is in OFF or LOCK. Then start
your vehicle. The DRL will stay off until you release
the parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you needit.
97LUMWCARL0001
1
This is a correctionto informationfound on page 6-58 and 6-59for Lumina and Monte Carlo.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
B
Not Used
C
Power Windows
D
Power Seats
E
Not Used
Fuse
Rating
Description
1
Cigar Lighter-- Instrument Panel and
Console Cigar Lighters
Not Used
Not Used
HVAC -- HVAC Control Assembly
Solenoid Box, Mix Motor, DRL Module,
HVAC Control Head, Defogger Relay,
(S.E.O.) Digital Speedometer
Circuit
Breaker
Description
A
2
Not Used
5
nazard Flasher
6
R.H. Spot Lamp (S.E.O.)
This is a correction to information found on page 6-58 and 6-59for Lumina and Monte Carlo.
Fuse
Rating Description
Fuse
Rating
Description
7
Starter Relay
17
Not Used
8
Not Used
18
Not Used
9
Not Used
19
10
VP Electronics Battery -- Chime
Module, Electronic Brake Control
Module (EBCM), Theft-Deterrent
Module, Radio DLC
Power Accessory #1 -- Door Lock
Switches, Trunk Courtesy Lamp, O/S
Mirror Switch, (S.E.O.) Emergency
Vehicle-Rear Compartment Lid Lamp or
Window Panel Lamps
11
Power Accessory #2 -- Sunroof Control
Unit, (S.E.O.) Accessory Feed
20
Steering Wheel Control #2 -- Steering
Wheel Radio Controls
12
Anti-Theft/PCM -- Theft-Deterrent
Module, Powertrain Control Module,
(PCM) IGN Syst. Relay
21
Air Bag -- Air Bag System
22
Cruise Control -- Cruise Control Cut-Out
Switch, Cruise Control Module, Turn
Signal Cruise Control Switches
23
Stoplamps -- Stoplamp Switch (Brake)
24
Not Used
25
EnglisWMetric (S.E.O.)
26
Not Used
27
Not Used
13
ABS -- Electronic Brake Control Module
(EBCM), ABS Relay
14
HVAC Blower Motor -- Blower Motor
Relay
15
L.H. Spot Lamp (S.E.O.)
16
Steering Wheel Control #1 -- Steering
Wheel Radio Control Lighting
3
f i i s is a correctionto informationfound on page 6-58 and 6-59for Lumina and Monte Carlo.
Fuse
Rating
Description
28
4
CTSY Lamps -- Vanity Mirrors, VP
Compartment Lamp, U S Lighted
Rearview Mirror, Dome Lamp
29
Wiper -- Wiper Switch
30
Turn Signal -- Turn Signal Flasher
31
Not Used
32
Power Locks -- Door Lock Relay,
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver
33
DRL MDL -- Daytime Running Lamp
Module, (S.E.O.) Accessory Switch
34
Not Used
35
Not Used
36
Not Used
37
Rear Defog -- Rear Window Defogger
Switch Relay
Fuse
Rating Description
38
Radio -- Radio, Power Drop
39
UP Electronics Ignition Feed -Headlamp Switch, Instrument Cluster,
Chime Module, Keyless Entry Receiver,
Stoplamp switch (TCC and BTSI)
(S.E.O.) Accessory Switch
40
Not Used
41
Power Drop
42
Evap. Sol. -- Evaporation Emissions
(EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
43
Not Used
44
Not Used
45
Used
Not
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’ll find information about the seats in your Chevrolet and how to use your safety belts properly. You can also
learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safety belts.
1-2
1-7
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-19
1-20
1-20
1-26
Seats and Seat Controls
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About
Safety Belts -- and the Answers
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Driver Position
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Right Front PassengerPosition
Air Bag System
Center PassengerPosition
1-27
1-30
1-32
1-34
1-42
1-45
1-45
1-45
Rear Seat Passengers
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children
and Small Adults
Children
Child Restraints
Larger Children
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Restraint System Parts After
a Crash
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you how to adjust the seats and
explains reclining seatbacks, foldingrear seats and
head restraints.
2-Way Manual Front Seat
I
You can lose controlof the vehicle if you try to
is
adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you
Lift the bar under the front of the seat to unlock it. Slide
don’t want to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the seat to where you want it and release the bar. Try to
the vehicle is not moving.
move the seat with your body to besure the seat is
locked into place.
Driver's 4-Way Manual Seat (Option)
i
~
Lift the handle to tilt the up
seator down.
The driver's seatmay have a bar and a handle under the
bar to unlock the seat and
Front edge of the seat. Lift the
slide it forward and backward.
1-3
Driver’s Side Power Seat (Option)
Reclining Front Seatbacks
FRONT (A): Raise the frontof the seat by holding the
switch up. Hold the switch down to lower the front of
the seat.
CENTER (B): Move the seat forward or backward by
holding the control to the front or to the back. Raise or
lower the seat by holding the control up or down.
REAR (C): Raise the rear of the seat by holding the
switch up. Hold the switch down to lower the rear of
the seat.
1-4
Lift the leverto release the seatback, then move the
seatback to whereyou want it. Release the lever to
lock the seatback into place.Pull up on the lever
without pushing on the seatback and the seatback will
move forward.
c
But don’t have a seatback reclined
if your vehicle is moving.
Sitting in a reclined position whenyour vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Evenif you buckle
up, your safety belts can’tdo their job when
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulder belt can’t do its job. In a crash you
could go into it, receiving neckor otherinjuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could goup over your abdomen. The belt
forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones.
This could causeserious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then
sit well
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.
Head Restraints
Split Folding Rear Seat
Slide the head restraint up or down so that the top of the
restraint is closest to the top of your ears. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injuryin a crash.
Seatback Latches
The front seat folds forward
to let people get into the
back seat. Your seatback
will move back and forth
freely, unless youcome to a
sudden stop. Then it will
lock into place.
If your vehicle is parked facing down a fairlysteep hill,
the seatback may not fold withoutsome help from you.
To fold the locked seatback forward, push the seatback
toward the rear and lift this latch. Then the seatback will
fold forward. The latch must be downfor the seat to
work properly.
Pull forward on the seat tab latchto fold the seat cushion
down. This feature allows you direct accessto the trunk.
To return the seatto its original position, push it back up
and make sure it latches.
Safety Belts: They’refor Everyone
of the manualtells you how to use safety belts
j properly. It also tells you some thingsyou should not do
’I with safety belts.
And it explains theair bag system.
1 This part
Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt,your injuries
can be much worse. You can hitthings inside the
vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash, you might
not be if you are buckled up. Alwaysfasten your
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area,
inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
people riding in these areas aremore likely to be
seriously injured orkilled. Do not allow peopleto
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts.Be sure
everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a
safety belt properly.
1-7
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to
wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are inbetween. In many of them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it’s just a seat
on wheels.
I
Put someone on it.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn’t stop.
I
' 't
The person keeps going until stoppedby something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
or the instrument panel ...
Here Are Questions Many People
Ask
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
&:
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, youslow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.
Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance of
being conscious during and after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
you are belted.
&:
If my vehicle has air bags, why should
I have to
wear safety belts?
A:
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only; so they work with
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the use of
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not onlyin frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
Q: If I’m a good driver, andI never drive far from
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
A:
Adults
home, why shouldI wear safety belts?
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t yourfault -- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of
home. And the greatest number of serious injuries
and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things toknow about
safety belts and children. And there are different rules
for
smaller children and babies.If a child will be riding in
your Chevrolet,see the part of this manual called
“Children.” Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes thedriver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver hasa lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear
it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulderbelt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
1-13
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If
the belt isn’tlong enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at theend of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if youever had to.
The lap partof the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips,just touching the thighs. In a crash,this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen.This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These partsof the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt.
The safety belt locks if there’s a suddenstop or crash, or
if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
&.. What's wrong with this?
A CAUT'ON:
You can beseriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. Ina crash, you wouldmove forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
A:
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won't give nearly
as much protection this way.
Q.’ What’s wrong with this?
T
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
You can be seriouslyinjured if your belt is
buckled inthe wrong place like this.
In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be
there, not at the pelvic
bones. This could causeserious internal injuries.
Always buckleyour belt into the buckle
nearest you.
&:
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your
body would movetoo far forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt wouldapply too muchforce to the
ribs, which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severelyinjure internalorgans
like your liver or spleen.
I
A:
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
1-17
@
What's wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In
of the
a crash, you wouldn't have the full width
forces. If a belt is twisted,
belt to spread impact
make it straightso it canwork properly, or ask
your dealer tofix it.
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
The belt should go back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is outof the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damageboth the
belt and your vehicle.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
1-19
The bestway to protect the fetus is to protect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt. See “DriverPosition,”
earlier in this section.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will
lock. If it does, let it goback all the way and start again.
Air Bag System
This part explains the air bag system.
Your Chevrolet has two air bags -- one air bag for the
driver and another air bag for theright front passenger.
Here are the most important thingsto know about the air
bag system:
You can be severelyinjured or killed ina crash if
you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you
have air bags. Wearingyour safety beltduring a
crash helps reduceyour chance of hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejectedfrom it. Air
bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety
belts. All air bags are designed to work with
safety belts,but don’t replace them.Air bags are
designed to work onlyin moderate to severe
crashes where the front of your vehiclehits
something. Theyaren’t designed to inflate at all
in rollover, rear, sideor low-speed frontal
crashes. Everyonein your vehicle should weara
safety belt properly whether or not there’s an
air bag for thatperson.
--
--
I
A CAI m
1
Air bags inflate with great force, faster thanthe
blink of an eye. If you’re too closeto an inflating
air bag, it could seriouslyinjure you. Safety belts
help keepyou in position beforeand during a
crash. Always wear your safety belt, even withair
bags. The driver should sit as far back as possible
while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle.
A
CAUTION:
-
There isan air bag readiness
light on theinstrument
panel, which shows AIR
BAG or the air bag symbol.
-1
An inflating air bag can seriously injure small
children. Alwayssecure children properly in your
vehicle. To read how, see the part of this manual
called “Children” and the caution label on the
right front
passenger’s safety belt.
AIR BAG
The system checks the airbag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
How the Air Bag System Works
The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger’s side.
Where are the air bags?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle
of the steering wheel.
If somethingis between an occupant and an air
bag, the bag might not inflate properlyit or
might force the object into that person. The path
of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. Don’t
put anything between an occupant and an air
bag, and don’t attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or onor near any other air
bag covering.
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or
near-frontal impacts.
What makes an air bag inflate?
When should an air bag inflate?
An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crash. The air bag will inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is
about 9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 kmh). The threshold level
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that
In animpact of sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
system detects that the vehicle is in a crash. The sensing
system triggers a release of gas fromthe inflator, which
inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and related
hardware are allpart of the airbag modules inside the
steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the
right front passenger.
How does anair bag restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the
instrument panel. Air bags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute the force of
the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,
stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would
not help you in many types of collisions, including
rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily because
an occupant’s motion is not toward those air bags.Air
bags should never be regarded as anything more than a
supplement to safety belts, and then only in moderate to
severe frontalor near-frontal collisions.
What will you see after an
air bag inflates?
After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quickly
that some people may noteven realize the air bag
inflated. Some components of the air bag module in the
steering wheel hub for the driver’s air bag, or the
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s bag, will
be hot for a short time.The parts of the bag that come
into contact with you maybe warm, but nottoo hot to
touch. There will be some smoke and dust coming from
vents in the deflatedair bags. Air bag inflation doesn’t
prevent the driver from seeing or from being able to
steer the vehicle, nor does it stop people from leaving
the vehicle.
When an air bag inflates, thereis dust in theair.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get outas soon as it is safe todo so.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get
out
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get
fresh airby opening a window or door.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the
right front passenger air bag.
Air bags are designed to inflate only once. After they
inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air bag
system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
won’t be thereto help protect you in another crash.
A new system will include air bag modules and
possibly other parts. The service manual for your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
0
0
Your vehicle is equipped witha crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information about
the air bag system. The module records information
about the readmessof the system, when the sensors are
activated and driver’s safetybelt usage at deployment.
Let only qualified technicians work on your
air bag system. Improper service can
mean that
your air bag system won’t work properly. See your
dealer forservice.
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped
Chevrolet
Air bags affect how your Chevrolet should be serviced.
There areparts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
Chevrolet dealerand the Monte Carlo ServiceManual
have information about servicingyour vehicle and the
air bag system. To purchase a servicemanual, see
“Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.
NOTICE:
If you damage the covering for thedriver’s or the
right front passenger’s air bag, the bagmay not
work properly.You may haveto replace the air
bag module in thesteering wheel or both the air
bag module and the instrumentpanel for the
right frontpassenger’s air bag. Do not open or
break theair bag coverings.
For upto 10 minutes after theignition key is
turned off and the battery is disconnected,an air
bag can still inflate during improperservice. You
can be injured if you are close to an airbag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellowtape
or yellow connectors. Theyare probably part of
the air bag system. Be sure to follow proper
service procedures, and make sure the person
performing work for you is qualifiedto do so.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
Center Passenger Position
U
Lap Belt
If your vehicle has a front splitseat and arear bench
seat, someone can sit in the centerpositions.
When you sit in a centerseating position, you have alap
safety belt, which has no retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along thebelt.
1-26
.
.
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Kear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat Outside PassengerPositions
TOmake the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough,
see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it
will lock. Ifit does, let it go back all the way and
start again. If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety
Belt Extender” atthe end of this section. Make sure
the release button on the buckle is positioned so you
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if
you ever had to.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt maylock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens,let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
1-28
3. To make the lap part tight, pulldown on the buckle
end of the beltas you pull up on the shoulder part.
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less
likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force atyour abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over theshoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
I
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
You can be seriously hurt if your snoulder is
belt
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
There is one guide for eachoutside passenger position in
the rear seat.To provide added safetybelt comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraintsand for
smaller adults, the comfort guides may be installed on
the shoulder belts. Here’s how to installa comfort guide
and use the safety belt:
To unlatch the belt,just push the button on the buckle.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for
Children and Small Adults
Rear shoulder belt comfortguides will provide added
safety belt comfortfor children who have outgrown
child restraints and forsmall adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfortguide pulls the belt away
from the neck and head.
1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of
the seatback and the interior body toremove the
guide from its storageclip.
2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
cord must be under the belt.Then, place the guide
over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into
the slots of the guide.
3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat.
The elastic cord must be underthe belt and the
guide on top.
1-31
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. In fact,
the law in every state in the UnitedStates and in every
Canadian province says children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Smaller Childrenand Babies
4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as
described in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions’’
earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze the belt
edges together so that you can take them out from the
guides. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,
and then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotate the guide and
clip inward and in between the seatback and the interior
body, leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed.
1-32
Smaller children and babies should always be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint will say whether it is
the right type and size for your child. A very
young child’s hip bonesare so small that a
regular belt mightnot stay low on the hips, as it
should. Instead, the belt will likely be overthe
child’s abdomen.In a crash, the belt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause seriousor fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enoughfor one is alwaysproperly
restrained in a childor infant restraint.
CAUTION: (Continued)
I
heavy you can't hold it.For example, in acrash
at only 25mph (40 km/h), a 12-1b. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly becomea 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby inan infant restraint.
r
-
CAUTION:
Never hold a baby inyour arms while riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn't weigh much until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You may
find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to dothat.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear seat. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:
4 CAUTION:
I
A child in a rear=facingchi1 straint can De
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s
air bag inflates. Thisis because the backof a
rearfacing child restraint would be very closeto
the inflating air bag. Alwayssecure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
You may, however,secure a forward-facing child
restraint inthe right front seat. Before yousecure
a forward-facing child restraint, always movethe
front passenger seat as far back as it will go. Or,
secure the child restraint in the rear seat.
Top Strap
A child in a child restraint in the center front seat
can be badly injured by the right frontpassenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure a child restraint
in the center front seat. It's alwaysbetter to
secure a child restraint in the rear seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facing
child restraint
in the right frontpassenger seat, but only with
the seat moved all the way back.
Wherever you install it, be sure to securethe child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be
anchored. If you need to havean anchor installed, you
can ask your Chevrolet dealer to put it in for you. If you
want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell
you how to do it.
Canadian law requires that child restraints have a top
strap, and that the strap be anchored.
If your child restraint has a top strap, your dealer can
obtain a kit with anchor hardware and installation
instructions specifically designed for this vehicle. The
dealer can then install the anchor for you. In Canada,
this work will bedone foryou free of charge or, you
may install theanchor yourself using the instructions
provided in thekit.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run thelap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughor
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’sface or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
Securing a Child Restraint in
a Rear
Outside Seat Position
u
You’ll be using thelap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for thechild restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-36
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor while you push down on the
child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraintin the Center
Rear Seat Position
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child
restraint has one.
U
You’ll be using the lapbelt.
A child ina child restraint in the center front seat
can be badly injured by the right frontpassenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure a child restraint
in the center front seat. It’s alwaysbetter to
secure a child restraint in the rear seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facingchild restraint
in the right frontpassenger seat, but only with
the seat moved allthe way back.
1-38
1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch
plate and pulling it along the belt.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
4. Run the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the
restraint. The child restraint instructions will show
you how.
6. To tighten the belt, pull its free endwhile you push
down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure itis secure. If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different place in the vehicleand
contact thechild restraint maker for their advice
about how to attach the childrestraint properly.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt. It will be ready to work for an adult or larger
child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
U
1-39
Your vehicle has a right front passengerair bag. Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Here’s why:
1 A CAUTION:
I
I
I
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run thelap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughor
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder beltgoes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s air
bag inflates. Thisis because the back of a
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to
the inflating air bag. Always securerearfacing
a
child restraint in the rear seat.
You’ll be using thelap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint hasone.
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing a forward-facing child restraint.(See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-40
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly ifyou ever had to.
6. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
7. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor while you push down on the
child restraint.
8. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way.The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Larger Children
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
Never do this.
Here twochildren are wearing the same belt. The
belt can’tproperly spreadthe impact forces. In a
crash, the two children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be usedby
only oneperson at a time.
&:
A:
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulderbelt,
but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is
very close to the child’s faceor neck?
Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is sitting in a rear seat outside position, see
“Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” in the Index.
If the child is so small that the shoulder belt is still
very close to thechild’s face or neck, you might
want to place the child in the center seat position,
the one that has only a lap belt.
I A CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here a child sitting
is
in a seat that hasa
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part is behind
the child. If the child wears the belt inthis way, in
a crash thechild might slideunder the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen.That could causeserious or
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
extender will be long enough for you. The extender will
be just foryou, and just forthe seat inyour vehicle that
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it,and use it
only for the seat it is made to fit.To wear it, just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keep a safety belt system from
doing its job, have repaired.
it
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have themrepaired or replaced. (The airbag system
does notneed regular maintenance.)
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If belts are cutor damaged, replace them. Collision
damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier in
this section.
@% NOTES
0Section 2
FeaturesandControls
Here you can learn about themany standard and optional features onyour Chevrolet, and information on starting,
shifting and braking. Also explained are the instrument
panel and the warning systems that tellyou if everything is
working properly -- and what to doif you have a problem.
2-2
2-4
2-5
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-12
2-12
2-13
2-15
2-16
2-20
2-2 I
2-24
2-24
2-25
2-25
Keys
Door Locks
Remote Keyless Entry (If Equipped)
Trunk
Theft
[email protected]
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Ignition Positions
Starting Your Engine
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
Automatic Transaxle Operation
Parking Brake
Shifting IntoPARK (P)
Shifting Outof PARK (P)
Parking Over Things That
Burn
Engine Exhaust
Running Your Engine WhileYou’re Parked
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-27
2-33
2-35
2-36
2-3 8
2-40
2-40
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-46
2-48
Power Windows
Horn
Tilt Steering Wheel
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
Exterior Lamps
Interior Lamps
Mirrors
Storage Compartments
Ashtrays and Lighter
Sun Visors
Auxiliary Power Connection
Sunroof (Option)
Instrument Panel-- Your
Information System
Instrument Panel Cluster
Warning Lights, Gagesand Indicators
Keys
A
CAUTION:
Leaving young children in a vehicle with the
ignition keyis dangerous formany reasons.
A child or others could be badly injured
or
even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don't
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
The ignition keys are
The ignition keys don’t have plugs. Your Chevrolet
dealer or Roadside Assistance has the code for
your keys.
Each plug has a code on it that tells your dealer
or a
qualified locksmith how to make extra door keys. Keep
the plugs in a safe place.
If you lose your door keys,
you’ll be ableto have new ones made easily using
these plugs.
I
The door keys are for the
If you need a new ignition key, contact your Chevrolet
dealer who can obtain the correct key code, inor,an
emergency, call Chevrolet Roadside Assistance at
1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872).
I NOTICE:
Your Chevrolet hasa number of new features
that can help prevent theft. But you can have a
lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever
lock your keys inside. You may even have to
So be sure you
damage your vehicle to get in.
have extra keys.
When a new Chevrolet is delivered, the dealer removes
the plugs from the door keys and gives them to the
first owner.
Door Locks
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
open the doors and fall out. When door
a
is
locked, the inside handle won’t open it.
Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked
door when you slow downor stop your vehicle.
This may not beso obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out of the vehiclein a
crash if the doors aren’t locked. Wear safety belts
properly, lockyour doors, and you will befar
better off whenever youdrive your vehicle.
--
’
--
There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
From the outside, use your door keyor remote keyless
entry transmitterif your vehicle hasthis option.
From the inside, push the lever to lock the
door
manually. To unlock, pull the lever.
Power Door Locks
Press the power door lock switchto lock or unlock
both doors.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving thevehicle, take your keys, open your
door and set the locks frominside. Then getout and
close thedoor.
Remote Keyless Entry(If Equipped)
If your Chevrolet has this option, you can lock and
unlock your doors orunlock your trunk from about
3 feet (1 m) up to 30 feet (9 m) away using the remote
keyless entry transmitter supplied with your vehicle.
Your remote keylessentry transmitter operates on a
radio frequencysubject to Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules and with Industry and
Science Canada.
This device complieswith Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, includinginterference that may cause
undesired operation.
This device complieswith RSS-210 of Industry and
Science Canada. Operationis subject to the following
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, includinginterference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Changes or modificationsto this system by other than an
authorized service facility could void authorization to
use this equipment.
This system has a rangeof about 3 feet (1 m) up to
30 feet (9 m). At times you may notice a decreasein
range. This isnormal for any remote keyless entry
system. If the transmitter does not work or if you have
to stand closerto your vehicle for thetransmitter to
work, try this:
0
Check to determine if battery replacement is
necessary. See theinstructions that follow.
0
Check the distance. You may be too farfrom your
vehicle. You may need to stand closer during rainy
or snowy weather.
0
Check thelocation. Other vehicles or objects
may be blocking the signal. Take a few steps to
the left or right, hold the transmitter higher, and
try again.
0
If you’re still having trouble, see your Chevrolet
dealer or aqualified technician forservice.
Operation
Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle
Press UNLOCK once to
unlock the driver’s door.
Press UNLOCK again
within five seconds to
unlock all remaining doors;
pressing UNLOCK will also
cause the vehicle’s interior
lamps to come on for a
period of time--(see
“Sustained Interior
Illumination” in the Index
for more details).
To lock both doors, press LOCK. To unlock the trunk,
press the trunk symbol on the transmitter. The trunk will
only unlock if your transaxle is in PARK (P); pressing
LOCK or the trunk symbol will also cause the vehicle’s
interior lamps to come on for a period of time--(see
“Sustained Interior Illumination” in the Index for
more details).
Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to
prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.
If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be
purchased through your dealer. Remember to bring any
remaining transmitters with you when yougo to your
dealer. When the dealer matches the replacement
transmitter to your vehicle, any remaining transmitters
must also be matched. Once your dealer has coded the
new transmitter, the lost transmitter will not unlock your
vehicle. Each vehicle can have only four transmitters
matched to it.
Battery Replacement
Under normal use, the battery in your remote keyless
entry transmitter should last about two years.
You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won’t
work at the normal range in any location. If you have to
get closeto your vehicle before thetransmitter works,
it’s probably time to change thebattery.
For battery replacement, use type CR2032 or
an equivalent.
NOTICE:
When replacing the battery, use care not to touch To replace the battery:
1. Insert a flat object like dime
a
into the slot on the
any of the circuitry. Static from your body
back of the transmitter. Gently pry apart the front
transferred to these surfaces may damage
and back.
the transmitter.
2. Remove thebattery and replace it with the new one,
making sure thepositive (+) side of the battery is
facing down.
3. Snap the top and bottom together; make sure the
halves are together tightly so water won’t get in.
4. Test the operationof your transmitter with your
vehicle. If the transmitter does not work, try
synchronizing thetransmitter with your receiver,
(located in your vehicle).
2-7
Synchronization
Synchronizationmay be necessary due to the
security method used by this remote keyless entry
system. The transmitter does not send the same signal
twice to the receiver. The receiverwill not respond to
a signal it has previously been sent; this prevents
someone from recordingand playing back the signal
from the transmitter.
To resynchronize the transmitter with the receiver, do
the following: While standing close
to your vehicle,
simultaneously press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK
buttons on the transmitter for about five seconds. The
door locks should cycle (lockand unlock) to confirm
synchronization. If the locks do not cycle, see your
dealer forservice.
-
Trunk
It can bedangerous to drive with the trunk lid
open becausecarbon monoxide (CO) gascan
come into your vehicle.You can’t seeor smell
CO. It can cause unconsciousnessand even death.
If you must drive with the trunk lid openor if
electrical wiringor other cable connections must
pass through the seal betweenthe body and the
trunk lid:
Make sure all windows are shut.
n r n the fan on your heating or cooling
system to its highest speed withthe setting
on VENT. That will force outside air into
your vehicle. See “Comfort Controls’’ in
the Index.
If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them allthe way.
See “EngineExhaust” in the Index.
Remember, your trunk canbe opened at any time using
this lock release, so be sure to lock your doors.
Trunk Lock
To unlock the trunk from
the outside, insert the door
key and turn it. You can
also use the remote keyless
entry function if your
vehicle has this option.
Just press the trunk symbol
on the transmitter, making
sure your shift lever is in
PARK (P).
Remote Trunk Release (Option)
Press the button under the
instrument panel on the
driver’s side. Your transaxle
shift lever must be in
PARK (P).
Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some
cities. Although your Chevrolet has a number of
theft-deterrent features, we know that nothing we put
on it can make it impossible to steal. However, there are
ways you can help.
Key in the Ignition
If you leave your vehicle with thekeys inside, it’s an
easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- so
don’t do it.
When ydu @arkyour Chevrolet and open the driver’s
door, you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your
key from the ignition and take it with you. Always do
this. Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will
your ignition and transaxle. And remember to lock
the doors.
Parking at Night
Park in alighted spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
Parking Lots
If you parkin a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it
up and take your keys.
But what if youhave to leave your ignition key? What if
you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
0
0
0
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk
or glove box.
Lock the glove box.
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
Then take the door key and remote kevless entry
transmitter with you.
[email protected] 11
Your vehicle is equipped
with the PASS-Key I1
(Personalized Automotive
Security System)
theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key I1 is a passive
theft-deterrent system. It
works when you insert or
remove the key from
the ignition.
PASS-Key I1 uses a resistor pellet in the ignition key
that matches a decoder in your vehicle.
When the PASS-Key 11system sensesthat someone is
using the wrong key, it shutsdown the vehicle’s starter
and fuel systems. For about three minutes,
the starter
won’t work and fuel won’t go to the engine.If someone
tries to start your vehicle again oruses another key
during this time, the vehiclewill not start. This
discourages someone from
randomly trying different
keys with different resistor pellets in an attempt to make
a match.
The ignition key must be clean and
dry before,it’s
inserted in theignition or the enginemay not start. If the
engine doesnot start and the SECURITY light is on, the
key may be dirty or wet. Turn the ignition off.
Clean and dry the key. Wait about threeminutes and try
again. The SECURITY light may remain on during this
time. If the starter still won’t work, and the key appears
to be cleanand dry, wait about three minutes and try
another ignition key. At this time, you may also want to
check the fuses (see“Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the
Index). If the starter won’t work with the otherkey, your
vehicle needs service. If your vehicle doesstart, the first
ignition key may be faulty. See your Chevrolet dealer or
a locksmithwho can service thePASS-Key 11.
If you accidentally use akey that has adamaged or
missing resistor pellet, the starter won’t work and the
SECURITY light will come on. But you don’t have to
wait three minutes before trying another ignition key.
See your Chevrolet dealer or a locksmith
who can
service thePASS-Key I1 to have anew key made.
If you’re ever driving and the SECURITY light comes
on and stays on, you will be ableto restart your engine if
you turn it off. Your PASS-Key 11system, however, is
not working properly and must be serviced by your
Chevrolet dealer. Your vehicle isnot protected by the
PASS-Key I1 system.
If you lose or damage PASS-Key
a
I1 ignition key, see
your Chevrolet dealeror a locksmithwho can service
PASS-Key I1 to have anew key made. In an emergency,
call the Chevrolet Roadside
Assistance Center at
1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872).
2-11
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Ignition Positions
NOTICE:
Your modern Chevrolet doesn’t needan
elaborate “break-in.” But it will perform better
in the long run if you follow these guidelines:
0 Don’t drive at any one speed fast or
slow for thefirst 500 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlierreplacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get newbrake linings.
0 Don’t towa trailer duringbreak-in.
See “Towing aTrailer” in the Index for
more information.
--
--
A
1
E
With the ignition key inthe ignition switch, youcan turn
the switch to fivepositions:
ACC (A): This position lets you use things like the
radio and windshield wipers when theengine is off. To
use ACC, push in the keyand turn it toward you. Your
steering wheel will stay locked.
LOCK (B): Before you put the key into the ignition
switch, the switch is inLOCK. It’s also the only position
in which youcan remove your key. This position locks
your ignition, steering wheel and transaxle. It’sa
theft-deterrent feature.
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the enginebut
still turn the steering wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering
wheel like LOCK. Use OFF if you must have your
vehicle pushed or towed.
RUN (D): This position is where the key returns
after you start your vehicle. With the engineoff, you
can use RUN to display some of your warning and
indicator lights.
START (E): This position starts your engine.
A warning chime will sound if you open the driver’s
door when the ignition is in OFF, LOCK or ACC and
the key is in theignition.
I NOTICE:
Starting Your Engine
Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start in any other position-- that’s a
safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift to PARK (P)if your Chevrolet
is moving.If you do, you coulddamage the
transaxle. Shift to PARK (P) only whenyour
vehicle is stopped.
If your key seemsstuck in LOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure you are using the correctkey; if
so, is it all the way in? If it is, then turn the
steering wheel leftand rightwhile youturn the
key hard. But turn the key only withyour hand.
Using a toolto force it could break thekey or the
ignition switch. If none
of this works, then your
vehicle needs service.
2-13
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idlespeed will go down as your
engine gets warm.
I NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be
drained much sooner. Andthe excessive heat can
damage your starter motor.
2. If your engine won’t start (or starts but then stops), it
could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and holding it there as you hold the key in
START for up to 15 seconds. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed
to work withthe
electronics inyour vehicle. If you add electrical
the way
parts or accessories, you could change
the engine operates. Before
adding electrical
equipment, check withyour dealer. If you don’t,
your engine mightnot perform properly.
If you ever haveto have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manual that tells howto do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle”in the Index.
2-14
.~
~
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
I
Plugging the cordinto an ungrounded outlet
could cause an electrical shock. Also,the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
cord into a properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cord won’t reach, usea
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.
In very cold weather, 0 OF (- 18 C ) or colder, the engine
coolant heater can help. You’ll get easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,
the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of
four hours prior to starting your vehicle.
O
To Use the Coolant Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord, located
behind the vehicle’s passenger side headlamp fixture.
4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug
and store the cord as itwas before to keep it away
from moving engine parts. If you don’t, it could
be damaged.
How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead of
trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact
your Chevrolet dealer in the area where you’ll be
parking your vehicle. The dealer can give you the best
advice for that particular area.
Automatic Transaxle Operation
PARK (P): This locks your front wheels. It’s the best
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
I
Your automatic transaxle may have a shift lever on the
steering column or on the console between the seats.
Maximum engine speed is limited on automatic
transaxle vehicles, when you’re inPARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N), to protect driveline components from
improper operation.
There areseveral different positions foryour shift lever.
It is dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the
shift leveris not fully in PARK(P)with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engineis
running unless you have to. If you have left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or otherscould be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever to PARK
(P).
See “Shifting Into PARK
(P)”in the Index.If
you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
the Index.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) before
starting the engine. Your Chevrolet has a brake-transaxle
shift interlock. You must fully apply yourregular brakes
before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is
in RUN. If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease
pressure on the shift lever by pushing it all the way into
PARK (P) while keepingthe brake pedal pushed down.
Release the shift lever button if youhave a console shift.
Then move theshift lever out of PARK (P), being sure to
press the shift lever button if you have a console shift.
See “Shifting Out of PARK (P)” in the Index.
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE (R) whileyour vehicle is
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift to REVERSE (R) only after yourvehicle
is stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get outof snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transaxle, see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow” in the Index.
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine
doesn’t connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N)only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.
Shifting out of PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N)while
your engine is “racing” (running at high speed) is
dangerous. Unlessyour foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could losecontrol and hit people or
objects. Don’t shift out of PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
NOTICE:
Damage to yourtransaxle caused by shifting out
of PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N)with the engine
racing isn’t coveredby your warranty.
2-17
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(@):This position is
for normal driving. If you need more power for passing,
and you’re:
DRIVE (D):This position is also used for normal
driving, but it offers more power and lower fuel
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(@).
Going less than 35 mph (55 km/h), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
Here are some times you might choose DRIVE (D)
instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(@):
Going about 35 mph (55 kmk) or more, push the
accelerator pedal all the way down.
0
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have
more power.
NOTICE:
If your vehicle seemsto start up rather
slowly, or
if it seems notto shift gears as you go faster,
something may be wrong with
your transaxle;
your vehicle maydefault to SECOND (2).
However if you drive very far that way, your
So if this happens, have
vehicle can be damaged.
your vehicle servicedright away. Until then, you
can use SECOND(2) when youare driving less
than 35 mph (55kmh) and AUTOMATIC
OVERDRIVE(@)for higher speeds.
When driving on hilly, winding roads.
When towing a trailer, so there is less shifting
between gears.
0
When going down a steep hill.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control your speed as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then you wouldalso want to use
your brakes off and on.
1 NOTICE:
Don’t drive in SECOND(2) for more than
25 miles (41 km) at speeds over55 mph
(88 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle.
I Use DRIVE (D) or AUTOMATIC
OVERDRIVE(@)as much as possible.
Don’t shift into SECOND (2) unless youare going
slower than 65 mph (105 kmh), oryou can
damage your engine.
~
FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
(but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
shift lever is put inFIRST (l), the transaxle won’t shift
into firstgear until the vehicle is going slow enough.
NOTICE:
If your front wheels can’trotate, don’t try to
drive. This might happen if you werestuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle.
Also, if youstop when going uphill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with onlythe accelerator
pedal. This could overheat and damage the
transaxle. Use your brakes or shift into PARK (P)
to hold your vehicle in positionon a hill.
Parking Brake
To set the parking brake,
hold the regular brake pedal
down with yourright foot.
Push down the parking
brake pedal with your
left foot.
I NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause
your rear brakesto overheat. You may have to
damage other
replace them, and you could also
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill,
see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. That section shows
what to do first to keep the trailer from moving.
To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake
pedal down with your right foot and push the parking
brake pedal with your left foot. When you lift your left
foot, theparking brake pedal will follow it to the
released position.
Column Shift
Shifting Into PARK (P)
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position
like this:
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever isnot fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
If you have left the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly.You or others could be
injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even
when you’reon fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you’re pulling a trailer, see
“Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.
0
Pull the lever toward you.
2-21
-
l__l_l
Console Shift
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your rightfoot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position
like this:
Hold in the buttonon the
lever, and pushthe lever all
the way toward thefront of
your vehicle.
Move the lever up as far asit will go.
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle withthe ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with theignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the
Engine Running
AC
,UTIOP‘
-
It canbe dangerous to leave your vehicle with the
engine running.Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift lever
is not fully inPARK (P)
with the parking brake firmly set. And,
if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could
You or others could
overheat and even catch fire.
be injured. Don’t leave your vehicle with the
engine running unless you have to.
If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine
running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK(P) andyour
parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever into thePARK (P)
position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, see if
you can movethe shift lever away from PARK (P)
without first pulling it toward you (or, ifyou have the
console shift lever, without first pushing the button). If
you can, it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully locked
into PARK (P).
Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you don’tshift your
transaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on theparking pawl in
the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P).This iscalled “torque lock.” To
prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in
the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may needto have another
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the
pressure from the parking pawl in thetransaxle, so you
can pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).
Shifting Outof PARK (P)
Parking Over Things ThatBurn
Your Chevrolet has a brake-transaxle shift interlock.
You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can
shift from PARK (P) when the ignitionis in RUN. See
“Automatic Transaxle Operation” in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P),ease pressure on
the shift lever bypushing it all the way into PARK (P)
while keeping the brake pedal pusheddown. Release the
shift lever button ifyou have a console shift. Then move
the shift lever out of PARK (P), being sure to press the
shift lever button if you have a console shift.
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
shift out of PARK (P), try this:
1. Turn the key toOFF.
2. Apply and hold thebrake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the engine and shift to the drive gear you want.
5 . Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass
or other things that
can burn.
2-24
Engine ”xhaust
m
I Engine exhaust can kill. It contains the gas
~
1
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t seeor
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
0 Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
0 Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
0 Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points on the road or over road debris.
0 Repairs weren’t done correctly.
0 Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into
your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked
It’s better notto park with the engine running. But if you
ever have to, here are some things to know.
Idling the engine with the climate control system
off
could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle(see
the earlier Caution under “Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO)into your vehicle evenif
the fan switch is at the highest setting. One place
this can happen is a garage. Exhaust with
CO can come in easily. NEVER
park ina
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can bea blizzard. (See
“Blizzard” inthe Index.)
--
--
Power Windows
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
PARK (P) with the
the shift lever is not fully in
parking brake firmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leaveyour vehicle whenthe engine is
If you’ve left the
running unless you have to.
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could beinjured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re fairly
on
level ground, alwaysset your parking brakeand
move the shift lever to PARK (P).
Follow the proper steps to be sureyour vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hill and if you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Towing a Trailer”in the Index.
Switches on the driver’s door armrest control each of the
windows when the ignitionis on. In addition, the
passenger’s door has a switchfor its own window.
The driver’s window switchhas an auto-down feature.
This switch is labeled AUTO. Tap the bottom
of the
switch, and the driver’s window will open a small
amount. If the bottom of the switch is pressedall the
way down, the window will go all the way down.
To stop the window while it is lowering, press the top of
the switch. To raise the window, press and holdthe top
of the switch.
Horn
h r n SignaVMultifunction Lever
I
Press on or along the top edge of your steering wheel
horn symbols to sound the horn.
a
Tilt Steering Wheel
A tilt steering wheel allows
you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive. You
can also raise it to the
highest level to give your
legs more room when you
exit and enter the vehicle.
The lever on the left side of the steering column
includes your:
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the
lever as pictured. Move the steering wheel to a
comfortable level, then release the lever to lock the
wheel in place.
0
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
0
Headlamp HighLow Beam
WindshieldWipers
0
WindshieldWasher
0
Cruise Control (Option)
lhrn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down.
When the turn is finished, the lever will return
automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or
lane change.
To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever
until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever will return by
itself when yourelease it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrow
flashes faster than normal, a signal bulb may be burned
out and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check for burned-out bulbs and check the
fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index).
Headlamp HighlLow Beam
To change your headlamps
from low beam to high
beam, or high to low, pull
the multifunction lever all
the way toward you. Then
release it. When the high
beams are on, a light on the
instrument panel also will
be on.
Windshield Wipers
You control the windshield
wipers by turning theband
marked WIPER. For a
single wiping cycle, turn the
band to MIST. Hold itthere
until the wipers start, then
let go. The wipers will stop
after one cycle. If you want
more cycles, hold the band
on MIST longer.
For steady wiping at low speed, turn the band to LO. For
high-speed wiping, turn the band further, to HI. To stop
the wipers, turn theband to OFF.
You can set the wiper speed for along or short delay
between wipes. This can bevery useful in light rain or
snow. Turnthe band to choose thedelay time. The
closer to LO, the shorter the delay.
Heavy snow orice can overload your wipers. A circuit
breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear away
snow or iceto prevent an overload.
Windshield Washer
At the top of the multifunctionlever, there’s a paddle
with the word PUSH on it. To spray washer fluid on the
windshield, push the paddle. Thewipers will run for
several sweeps and then either stop orreturn to your
preset speed.
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
your vision.
Be sure to clear ice and snow from thewiper blades
before using them. If they’re frozento the windshield,
carefully loosen orthaw them. If your bladesdo become
damaged, get new blades or bladeinserts.
2-29
When you applyyour brakes, the cruise control
shuts off.
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
I
-
a Cruise control can bedangerous where you
1
With cruise control, you can maintain a speed of about
25 mph (40 kmh) or more without keeping your foot on
the accelerator. This can really help on long trips. Cruise
control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph
(40 km/h).
can’t drive safely at a steady speed.So,
don’t useyour cruise control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
a Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes
in tiretraction can cause needless
wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery roads.
Setting Cruise Control
If you leave your cruise control switch on when
1
Resuming a Set Speed
Suppose you set your cruise control at a desiredspeed
and then you apply the brake. This shutsoff the cruise
control, but youdon’tneed to reset it to resume your
previous speed.
you’re not using cruise, you might hita button and
go into cruise when you don’t want to.You could be
startled and even lose control. Keep the cruise
control switch OFF until you want to use it.
L
11. Move the cruise control switch to ON.
12. Get up to the speed you want.
%.a-
Once you’re going about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more,
you can move the cruise
control switch from ON to
R/A (Resume/Accelerate)
for about half a second.
You’ll go right back up to
your chosen speed and
stay there.
I
3. Push in the SET button
at the endof the lever
and release it.
4. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal.
2-31
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
There aretwo ways to go to a higher speed:
Use the accelerator pedalto increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle willslow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.
Push the SET button at the end of the lever, then
release the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll
now cruise at the higher speed.
Move the cruise switch from ON to WA. Hold it
there until you get up to the speed you want, then
release the switch. (To increase your speed in very
small amounts, move the switch to RIA.Each time
you do this, your vehicle will go about 1 mph
(1.6 kmh) faster).
The accelerate feature will only work after you set the
cruise control speed by pushing theSET button.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the SET button until you reach the lower
speed you want, then release it.
To slow down in very small amounts, push the SET
button for less than halfa second. Each timeyou do
this, you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well yourcruise control will work onhills depends
upon your speed,load and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you mayhave to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintainyour speed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course, applying the brake
takes you out of cruise control. Many drivers find this to
be too much trouble and don’tuse cruise control on
steep hills.
Ending Cruise Control
There aretwo ways to turn off the cruise control:
Step lightly on the brake pedal; OR
0
Move the cruise switch to OFF.
Erasing Cruise Speed Memory
When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition, or
shift into PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N), yourcruise
control set speed memory is erased.
Exterior Lamps
-‘Q
Turn the knob to this symbol (C) to turn on the
headlamps and other operating lamps.
0 ,
pf
Turn the knob to this symbol (B) to turn on the
parking and other operating lamps without the
headlamps.
Turn the knob to OFF to turn off the lamps.
A warning chime will sound when you turn the ignition
switch to OFF, LOCK or ACC with the lamps on.
The lamp controls are onthe instrument panel. They
control these systems:
0
0
0
0
0
0
Headlamps
Taillamps
Parking Lamps
License Lamps
Sidemarker Lamps
Instrument Panel Lights
Courtesy Lamps
2-33
Daytime Running LampdAutomatic
Headlamp Control
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the
DRL work, so be sure it isn’t covered.
The DRL system will make your low-beam headlamps
come onat a reduced brightness when:
The ignition is on,
The headlamp switch is off and
0
The parking brake is released.
When the DRL are on, only your low-beam
headlamps will beon. Thetaillamps, sidemarker and
other lamps won’t be on. Your instrument panel won’t
be lit up either.
When it’s dark enoughoutside, your low-beam
headlamps will change to full brightness. The other
lamps that come on with your headlamps will also
come on.
When it’s bright enoughoutside, the regular lamps will
go out, and your low-beamheadlamps change to the
reduced brightness ofDRL.
To idle your vehicle with theDRL off, set the parking
brake while the ignitionis in OFF or LOCK. Then start
your vehicle. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turnon the regular
headlamp system when you needit.
Interior Lamps
Instrument Panel Brightness Control
You can brighten or dimthe instrument panel lamps by
moving the dial (A). If you turn the dial all the way up,
your courtesy or interior lamps will come on.
Courtesy Lamps
When any door is opened, several lamps come on. These
lamps are courtesy lamps. They make it easy for you to
enter and leave your vehicle. You can also turn these
lamps on by moving the dial near the headlamp knob all
the way up.
Some of the lamps have switches so you can turn them
on, even when the doors are closed. These lamps are
reading lamps. To avoid draining your battery, be sure to
turn off all reading lamps when leaving your vehicle.
Sustained Interior Illumination
Your courtesy lamps will come on and stay on for a set
time whenever you:
0
Open a door.
Press UNLOCK on the remote keyless entry
transmitter (if equipped).
0
Press LOCK on the remote keyless entry transmitter
(if equipped).
Press the trunk symbol on the remote keyless entry
transmitter (if equipped).
If you open a door, the lamps will stay on while it’s
open and then turn off automatically about 18 seconds
after you close it. If you don’t open a door, the lamps
will turn off after about 18 seconds, unless you press
UNLOCK or TRUNK on the remote keyless entry
transmitter. If you press UNLOCK or TRUNK and
don’t open a door, the lamps will turn off after about
55 seconds. If you press LOCK on the remote keyless
entry transmitter, the lamps will turn off about
17 seconds after all doors are closed.
Sustained interior illumination includes a feature called
theater dimming. With theater dimming, the lamps don’t
just turn off at the end of the delay time. Instead, they
slowly dim during the delay time until they go out. The
delay time is canceled if you turn the ignition key to
RUN or START, so the lamps will go out right away.
When the ignition is on, sustained interior illumination
is inactive, which means the courtesy lamps won’t
come on.
2-35
Rearview Mirror Reading Lamps
Battery Saver
Your vehicle has a feature to help prevent you from
draining the battery, in caseyou accidentally leave the
courtesy lamps on. If you leave thedial turned all the
way up, or if you leave a door open,
the lamps will
automatically turn off after 10 minutes if the ignition
is off.
This feature will not turn off the reading lamps, only
the lamps controlled by the dial. Be sure to turn off
any reading lamps using the switch before you leave
the vehicle.
Mirrors
Adjust all the mirrors so you can see clearly when
you
are sitting in a comfortable drivingposition.
These lampsgo on when you open the doors. When
the doors are closed, turn the lampson and off with
the switches.
2-36
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror
Power Outside Mirrors
The power mirror control is
on the driver’s door. Turn
the controlto the left to
adjust the left mirror or to
the right to adjust the right
mirror. Then move the
control in thedirection you
want to move the mirror.
To reduce glare from headlamps
behind you, push the
lever forward (to the nightposition). To return the
mirror to the day position, pull the lever toward you.
Convex Outside Mirror
Your passenger’s side mirroris convex. A convex
mirror’s surfaceis curved so you can seemore from the
driver’s seat.
I
I
A CAUTION:
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really If
you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit
a vehicle on your right. Check your inside mirror or
glance over your shoulderbefore changing lanes.
are.
2-37
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Cupholder
To use this cupholder,
slide it out of the
instrument panel.
Glove Box
Use the door key to lockand unlock the glove box. To
open, lift the latch.
Storage Armrest
To use the storage area, fold
down the armrest. Press the
latch on the front edge and
pull up. To use the
cupholder, flip it forward.
J
Door Storage Compartments
Each of thedoors has a storage compartment.
Center Console
Convenience Net (Option)
To open the storage area, press the button and lift the
cover. The console has a cassette and CD storage bin
and a cupholder. To use the cupholder for large cups,
remove the insert.
Your vehicle may have a convenience net. You'll see it
just inside the back wall ofthe trunk.
Put small loads, like grocery bags, behindthe net. It can
help keep them from falling over during sharp turns or
quick starts and stops.
The net isn't for larger, heavier loads. Store them in the
trunk as farforward as you can.
You can unhook the netso that it will lie flat when
you're not using it.
Ashtrays and Lighter
The center front ashtray may be on theinstrument panel
or on theconsole. To remove the instrument panel
ashtray, open it, push down on thelocking tab and pull
out the ashtray.
For the consoleashtray, open the lid and lift out the
ashtray using the snuffer.
Your vehicle may have a rear ashtray. It is located within
a smalldoor at the rear of your console or rear of your
front seat storage armrest. Push on the right side of the
door. The ashtray will then rotateto the right for usage.
You can only accessthe ashtray by pushingon the door’s
right side. To remove the ashtray, push down on the
snuffer located in the middle of the ashtray and itliftout.
I NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and other
things that burn into
your ashtrays. If you do,cigarettes or other
smoking materials could set them on fire,
causing damage.
To use the lighter, just push it in all the way and let go.
When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
I NOTICE:
Don’t holda cigarette lighter in with your hand
while it is heating. If you do,it won’t be able to
back awayfrom the heating element whenit’s
ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the
lighter and the heating element.
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors. You
can also move them from sideto side.
Visor Vanity Mirrors
Open the coverto expose thevanity mirror. For the
driver’s mirror, slide the cover to the side. For the
passenger’s mirror, lift the cover. The lamps will come
on when youopen the coveron the passenger’svisor.
Floor Mats (Option)
View A
View B
Installation
1. Move the driver’s seat to its most rearward position.
2. Locate the driver’s side floor mat in the vehicle with
the rear of the mat against the left (outboard)front
A).
edge of the seat track mounting bracket (see view
3. Use a screwdriverto screw the locator post into the
vehicle’s carpeting. Press down while turning to
allow the locator “auger point”to pierce the floor
carpet. The locator will not screw down tightly, but
will rotate freely when installed properly.
Usage
4. To remove the mat, pull up on the rear of the mat to
un-snap it from thelocator post (see view B).
5. To re-install the mat, align the grommet in the mat
over the locator post and push down to snap the mat
into place (see view B).
Auxiliary Power Connection
Your vehicle is equipped
with auxiliary power leads.
These leads canbe used
to power aftermarket
electrical equipment
added to your vehicle.
J
They are located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle,
below the glovebox and behind what is referred to as a
“hush panel.” For additional information on accessing
these leads and electrical hookup, please refer to your
service manual.
NOTICE:
Adding some electrical equipment to your vehicle
can damage it or keep other things from working
as they should. This wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Check with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment and never use anything that
exceeds the fuse rating.
Sunroof (Option)
Your sunroof includes asliding glass panel and a sliding
sunshade. Theswitch is locatedbetween the sun visors
just ahead of the sunroof and works only when the
ignition is on.
To open the glass panel and sunshade, press the rear of
the switch. Let goof the switch to stop the panel in any
position. Press the front of the switch to close theglass
panel. The sunshade canonly be closed by hand.
The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if
your vehicle has anelectrical failure.
2-43
Instrument Panel -- Your Information System
Y
A. Vents
E. Audio System
B. Instrument Cluster
E Ashtray and Lighter
G. Remote Trunk Release
H. Lamp Controls
C . Climate ControVRear Defogger
D. Glove Box
2-45
Instrument Panel Cluster
Standard Cluster: United States Version Shown, Canadian Similar
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance howyour vehicle is running. You’ll know howfast
you’re going, about how much fuel is in your tank and manvother things you need to drive safely and economically.
2-46
Speedometer/Odometer
Tachometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in
either miles (used in the United States) or in kilometers
(used in Canada).
Your Chevrolet has a tamper-resistant odometer. If you
see silver lines between the numbers, you’ll know
someone has probably tampered with it and the numbers
may not be correct.
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a
new odometer installed. If the new one can beset to the
mileage total of the old odometer, then it that is what
will be done. If it can’t, then it will be set at zero and a
label must be put on the driver’s door to show the old
mileage reading when the new odometer was installed.
Trip Odometer
Your trip odometer tells how far you have driven since
you last reset it. To set it to zero, press the reset button.
3 4
2 \ \ “ I
\
1,
\
RPM
The tachometer
displays the engine
speed in thousands
of revolutions per
minute (rpm).
I NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red area,or engine damage mayoccur.
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you
locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
others from injury.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come on briefly when you start the
engine just to let you know they’re working. If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you know when
there’s aproblem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
Safety BeltReminder Light
When the key is turned to RUN or START, a chime will
come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stay on
until the driver’s belt
is buckled.
Air Bag Readiness Light
~
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG or theair bag symbol.
The system checks the
air bag’s electrical system for
malfunctions. Thelight tells you if there is an electrical
problem. The system check includes the
air bag sensors,
the air bag modules, the wiring and the crashsensing
and diagnosticmodule. For more informationon the air
bag system, see“Air Bag” in the Index.
AIR BAG
This light will come on
when you startyour engine,
and it will flash for afew
seconds. Then thelight
should go out. This means
the system isready.
If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the
engine or comeson when you are driving, your air bag
system may not work properly. Have your vehicle
serviced right away.
The air bag readiness light should flash for afew
seconds when you turnthe ignition key to RUN.If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixedso it will be
ready to warn youif there is aproblem.
Charging System Light
VOLTS
The charging system light
will come on briefly when
you turn on the ignition, as
a checkto show you it’s
working. Then itshould
go out.
If it stays on, or comes on while you are driving, you
may have a problem with the charging system. It could
indicate that you have a loose drive
‘beltor another
electrical problem. Have it checked right away. Driving
while this light is on could drain your battery.
If you must drive ashort distance with the light on, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
2-49
Brake System Warning Light
Your Chevrolet’s hydraulic brake system is divided into
two parts. If one part isn’t working, theother part can
still work and stop you.For good braking, though, you
need both parts working well.
It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, or if the
anti-lock brake system warning lightis flashing, have
the vehicle towedfor service. (See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.)
If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
BRAKE
This light should come on
briefly when you turn the
ignition key to RUN. If
it doesn’t come onthen,
have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal maygo closer to the floor.
Your brake system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light on can lead
to an accident. If the light is still on or if the
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing
after you’ve pulledoff the road and stopped
carefully, have the vehicle towed for service.
When the ignition is on, the brake system warninglight
will also come on when you set your parking brake.The
light will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully
released, it means you have a brake problem.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
ANTI LOCK
With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will come
on when you start your
engine andit will stay
on for threeseconds.
That’s normal.
If the light flashes when you’re driving, you don’t have
anti-lock brakes and there could be a problem with your
regular brakes. Pull off the road and stop carefully. You
may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the pedal
may go closer to the floor. It maytake longer to stop.
Have the vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
Your regular brake system may not be working
properly if the anti-lock brake system warning
light is flashing. Driving with the anti-lock brake
system warning light flashing can lead to an
off the road and
accident. After you’ve pulled
stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed
for service.
If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or, if the light comes onand stays on
when you’re driving, stop as soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Then start the engineagain to reset the
system. If the light still stays on, or comes on again
while you’re driving, your Chevrolet needs service. If
the light is on but not flashing and the regular brake
system warning light isn’t on, you still havebrakes, but
you don’t have anti-lock brakes.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turnthe ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if thereis a problem.
Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light
LOW
TRAC
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
the anti-lock brake system
active light will come on.
Slippery road conditions may exist if this light comes
on, so adjust your driving accordingly. The light will
stay on for a few seconds after the system stops
adjusting brake pressure.
The anti-lock brake system active light also comes on
briefly when you turn theignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, haveit fixed so it will be
there to tell you when the system is active.
Engine Coolant Temperature Light
This light tells you that
your engine coolant has
overheated or your
radiator cooling fan(s)
are not working.
If you have beenoperating your vehicle under normal
driving conditions, you should pull off theroad, stop
your vehicle and turn off the
engine assoon as possible.
In “Problems on the Road,” this manualshows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
You have a gagethat
shows the engine coolant
temperature. If the gage
pointer moves into the red
area, your engine is too hot!
Low Coolant Warning Light
LOW
COOLANT
If this light comes on, your
system is low on coolant
and the enginemay
overheat. See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index and
have your vehicle serviced
as soon as you can.
That readingmeans the samething as thewarning light.
It means that your engine coolant has overheated.
If you
have been operating your vehicle under normal driving
conditions, you should pull off the road, stopyour
vehicle and turn off the engine assoon as possible.
In “Problems on the Road”, this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
2-53
Malfunction IndicatorLamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
SERVICE
ENGINE
SOON
Your Chevrolet is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operation of the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life
of the vehicle,helping to produce a cleaner
environment. (In Canada, OBD I1 is replaced by
Enhanced Diagnostics.) The SERVICE ENGINE SOON
light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and
service is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated
by the system before any problem is apparent.This may
prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
system is also designed to assist your service technician
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
2-54
NOTICE:
~
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not be
as
good and your engine may not run
as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
This light should come on, as a check to show you it is
working, when the ignitionis onand the engine is not
running. If the light doesn’tcome on, have it repaired.
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
of two ways:
Light Flashing-- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service is required.
Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detectedon your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
If the LightIs Flashing
If the LightIs On Steady
The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
You may be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
0
Reducing vehicle speed.
Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle?
0
Avoiding hard accelerations.
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure tofully install
the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properly
installed should turn the light off.
Avoiding steep uphill grades.
If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled as soon as itis possible.
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, see “If
the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to doso,
stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.
Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart the
engine. If the light remains on steady, see “If the Light
Is On Steady” following. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your
dealer or qualified service center for service.
Did youjust drive through a deep puddle of water?
If so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition
will usually be corrected when the electrical system
dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with qualityfuel (see
“Fuel” in theIndex). Poor fuel quality will cause your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed. You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause the light
to turn on.
If you experience one or more of these conditions,
change the fuel brand you use. It willrequire at least one
full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off.
If none of the above steps have made the light turn off,
have your dealer or qualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper testequipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
problems that may have developed.
Oil Warning Light
7 3
If you have a problem with
your oil, this light may stay
on after you start your
engine, or come on when
you are driving.
OIL
This indicates that oil is not going through your engine
quickly enough to keep it lubricated. The engine could
be low on oil or could have some other oil problem.
Have it fixed right away.
The oil light could alsocome on in two othersituations:
When the ignition is on but the engine is not running,
the light willcome on as a test toshow you it is
working, but thelight will go out when you turn the
ignition to START. If it doesn’t come on with the
ignition on, you may have a problem with thefuse or
bulb. Have it fixed right away.
If you make a hard stop, the light may come on for a
moment. This is normal.
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If
so hot thatit
you do, your engine can become
catches fire.You or others could be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
I NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from neglected oil
problems can be costly and is not covered by
your warranty.
Low Oil Level Light
LOW
OIL
Your engine is equipped
with an oil level monitoring
system. When the ignition
key is turned on, the LOW
OIL light will briefly flash.
If the light does not flash,
have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
If the light stays on, stop the vehicle on a levelsurface
and turn the engine off. Check the oil level using the
engine oil dipstick. (See “Engine Oil’’ in the Index.) If
the light does not flash, have the low oil level sensor
system repaired so it will be ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
The oil level monitoring system only checks the oil level
during the brief period between keyon and engine
crank. It doesnot monitor the engine oil level when the
engine is running. Additionally, an oil level check is
only performed if the engine has been turnedoff for a
considerable period of time, allowing the oil normally in
circulation to drain back into the oil pan.
Change Oil Soon Light
CHG OIL
SOON
The CHANGE OIL
SOON light should come
on as a bulb check when
you start the engine. If this
light stays on for about
20 seconds after you turn
on the ignition, have the
oil changed.
When to change your oil also depends on driving habits
and conditions because they directly affectengine speed,
coolant temperature and vehicle speed.Because of this,
the CHANGE OIL SOON light may come on as early as
2,000 miles (3,200 km) or less for harsh conditions.
Remember, after changingyour engine oil, the system
must be reset; with the ignition keyin the RUN position,
but the engine off, fully push and release the accelerator
pedal three times withinfive seconds. If the CHANGE
OIL SOON light flashes two times, the systemis reset.
However if the light comes on and stays on for five
seconds, it did not reset. You’llneed to reset the
system again.
Security Light
SECURITY
This light will come on
when you turn the key to
START and stayon until the
vehicle starts. It willalso
come on and stay on if your
key is too dirty or wet for
the PASS-Key I1 system to
read the resistor pellet.
If the resistor pellet isdamaged or missing, the light
will flash.
If you’re driving and the light comeson and remains on,
your PASS-Key I1 system is not working properly.Your
vehicle is not protected by PASS-Key11, and you should
see your dealer.
Fuel Gage
\
\
E
Your fuel gagetells you
about how much fuel you
have left when the ignition
is on.When the indicator
nears EMPTY (E), you still
have a little fuel left, but
you should get more soon.
Here are some things owners ask about. All these
situations are normal and do not show a problem with
your fuel gage:
0
At the service station, the pump shuts off before the
gage reads FULL (F).
0
It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the
gage indicated. For example, the gage may have
indicated the tank was halffull, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the tank’s capacityto
fill it.
0
The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or
speed up.
@% NOTES
0Section 3
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
In this section, you'll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio
systems offered with your Chevrolet. Be
sure to read about the particular systems suppliedwith your vehicle.
3-2
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-7
Comfort Controls
Air Conditioning
Heating
Ventilation System
Ventilation Tips
Defogging and Defrosting
Rear Window Defogger
Audio Systems
Setting the Clock for Systemswith
Automatic Tone Control
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and
Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
3-1 1
3- 15
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-20
AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and
Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
Theft-Deterrent Feature
Audio Steering Wheel Controls (If Equipped)
Understanding Radio Reception
Tips About Your Audio System
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
Care of Your Compact Discs
Fixed Mast Antenna
Comfort Controls
Air Conditioning with Electronic Controls
With these systems, you cancontrol the heating, cooling
and ventilation in your vehicle.The systems work best if
you keep your windows closed while using them.
Fan Knob
The right knob with thefan symbol selects the force of
air you want. To turn the fan off, turn theknob to “0.”
Temperature Control
If your system does not have the auxiliary temperature
control option, the center knob changes the temperature
of the air coming through the system. Turn thisknob
toward red (clockwise)for warmer air. Turnit toward
blue (counterclockwise) for cooler air.
If your system does have the auxiliary temperature
control option, the center levers change the temperature
of the air coming through the system. The
DRIV
lever sets the temperature for the driver and rear seat
passengers, and the PASS lever sets the temperature
for the front seat passenger. For maximum defroster
performance, set theDRIV and PASS levers at full warm.
Mode Knob
The left knob has several settings to control the direction
of airflow. For each setting, set the temperature to a
comfortable setting.
MAX: This setting recirculates much of the air
inside your vehicle and sends it through the instrument
panel outlets. The airconditioning compressor will run
automatically in this setting unless the outside
temperature is below 40°F (4°C).(Even when the
compressor is running, you can control the temperature).
A/C: This setting brings in outside air and directs
it through the instrument panel outlets. The air
conditioning compressor will run automatically in this
setting unless the outside temperature is below 40°F
(4°C). (Even when the compressor is running, you can
control the temperature).
+e
'+
BI-LEVEL: This setting brings in the outside
air and directs it two ways. Half of the air is directed
through the instrument panel outlets. Most of the
remaining air is directed through the floor ducts and
a little to the defrost and side window vents. The air
conditioning compressor will run automatically in this
setting unless the outside temperature is below 40°F
(4°C). (Even when the compressor is running, you can
control the temperature).
+e
/J VENT This setting brings in outside air and
'#
directs it through the instrument panel outlets.
0
FLOOR: This setting sends most of the air
through the ducts near the floor. The rest comes out
of the defrost and side window vents.
w e
$/J DEFOG: This setting allows half of the air to
go to the floor ducts and half to the defrost and side
window vents. The air conditioning compressor will run
automatically in this setting unless theoutside
temperature is below 40°F (4°C). (Even when the
compressor is running, you can control the temperature).
DEFROST This setting directs most of the air
through the defrost and side window vents. Some of
the air goes to the floor ducts. The air conditioning
compressor will run automatically in this setting unless
the outside temperature is below 40°F (4°C). (Even
when the compressor is running, you can control the
temperature).
3-3
Air Conditioning
Heating
On very hot days, open the windows long enough to let
hot, inside airescape. This reduces the A/C compressor
load, which should help fueleconomy.
On cold days use FLOOR with the temperature control
all the way in the red area. The system will bring in
outside air, heat it and send it to the floor ducts.
For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX with
the temperature control all the way in the blue area. If
this setting is used for long periods of time, the air in
your vehicle may become too dry.
If your vehicle has an engine coolant heater, you can use
it to help your system provide warm air faster when it’s
cold outside (0°F (-18°C) or lower). An engine coolant
heater warms the coolant your engine and heating
system use to provide heat. See “Engine Coolant
Heater” in the Index.
For normal cooling on hot days, use A/C with the
temperature control in the blue area. The system will
bring in outside air andcool it.
On cool but sunny days, the sun may warm your upper
body, but your lower body may not be warm enough.
You can use BI-LEVEL with the temperature control in
the middle. The system will bring in outside air and
direct it to your upper body, while sending slightly
warmed air to your lower body. You may notice this
temperature difference more at some times than others.
Ventilation System
L
Adjust the direction of airflow by moving the
louvered vents.
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
outside air into the vehicle when it is moving. Outside
air will also enter the vehicle when the air conditioning
fan is running.
Ventilation Tips
0 For mild outside temperatures when little heating or
cooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside air
through your vehicle.
0 Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow or
any other obstruction, such as leaves. The heater and
defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of
fogging the inside of your windows.
0
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, set the
mode to FLOOR and the fan to the highest speed for
a few moments before driving off. This helps clear
the intake ducts of snow and moisture and reduces
the chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
0
Keep the air path under the front seats clear of
objects. This helps air to circulate throughout
your vehicle.
Defogging and Defrosting
Your system has two settings for clearing the front and
side windows. To defrost the windows quickly, use
DEFROST with the temperature knob(s) all the way in
the red area. To warm passengers while keeping the
windows clean, use DEFOG.
3-5
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger
uses a warming gridto
remove fog from the rear
window. Press the button to
turn the defoggeron.
NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor bladeor something else sharp
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
Audio Systems
It will turn itself offafter about ten minutes. Ifyou
turn it on again, the defogger will only runfor about five
minutes before turning off.You can also turn it off by
turning off the ignition or pressing the buttonagain.
Do not attach anything like a temporary vehicle license
or decal across thedefogger grid.
Your [email protected] system has been designed to operate
easily and give years of listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself
with it first. Find out what your Delco system can do
and how to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re
getting the most out of the advanced engineering that
went into it.
Setting the Clockfor Systems with
Automatic Tone Control
Press and holdHR until the correct hour appears. Press
and hold MN until the correct minute appears.
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
and AutomaticTone Control (If Equipped)
and wind noise asyou drive. Set thevolume at the
desired level. Move the control ring behind the upper
knob clockwise to adjust the SCV. Then, as you drive,
SCV automatically increases thevolume, as necessary,
to overcome noise at any particular speed. The volume
level should always sound the same to you as you drive.
If you don’t want to use SCV, turn the controlall the
way down. Each detenton the control ring allows for
more volume compensation at a faster rate of speed.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM,
FM1 and F442. The display showsyour selection.
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. To increase volume, turn the knob clockwise.Turn
it counterclockwise to decreasevolume. The knobis
capable of rotating continuously.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing this button. When the radiois playing, press
this button to recall station frequency.
SCV: Your system has a featurecalled
Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). With SCV, your
audio systemadjusts automatically to make up for road
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to
choose radiostations. Push the knobback into its stored
position when you’re not using it.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next
higher or lowerstation. The sound will mute while
seeking.
SCAN: Press and hold oneof the SEEK arrows for
two seconds until SCAN appears on the display. SCAN
allows you to listen to each station for afew seconds.
The radiowill go to a station, stop for afew seconds,
then go on to the next station. Press SEEK again to stop
scanning. Thesound will mute while scanning.
3-7
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FMl and six FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization that
best suits thetype of station selected.
5 . Press and holdone of the six numbered buttons.The
sound will mute.When it returns, release the button.
Whenever you press that numbered button, the
station you set will return and the AUTOTONE
equalization that you selected will also be
automatically selected for that button.
6. Repeat the stepsfor each pushbutton.
~
~
P.SCAN or one of the pushbuttons againto stop
scanning. P.SCAN willbe displayed whenever thetuner
is in the PSCAN mode. The channel number (Pl-P6)
will appear momentarily just before the frequency is
displayed. In FM mode, thisfunction will scan through
both FMl and FM2 preset stations and FMl orFM2
will appear on the display.
Setting the Tone
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise to
decrease bass. When you use this control, the radio’s
AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the
AUTO TONE display will go blank.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise toincrease treble and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. When you use this control, the radio’s
AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the
AUTO TONE display will go blank. If a station is weak
or noisy, you may wantto decrease the treble.
P.SCAN: Press this buttonto listen to each of your
favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons for a few
seconds. The radio will scan through each of the stations
stored on your pushbuttons, except those stations with Push these
knobs back into their stored positions when
weakreception. The AUTO TONE settingstored for
you’re notusingthem.
that pushbutton will be automatically chosen. Press
AUTO TONE: This featureallows you to choose preset
Playing a Cassette Tape
bass and treble equalization settings designed for
classical, news, rock, pop, country/western and jazz
stations. C/W will appear on thedisplay when you first
press AUTO TONE. Each time you press it, another
setting will appear on the display. Press it again after
JAZZ appears and the AUTO TONE display will go
blank. Tone control will return to the BASS and TREB
knobs. Also, if you use the BASS and TREB knobs,
control will return to them and the AUTO TONE
display will go blank.
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
that are so thin they may not work well in this player. If
a tape is inserted when the ignition is on but the radio is
off, the tape will begin playing. A tape symbol is shown
in the center of the graphic display whenever a tape is
inserted. When a tape isactive, the tape symbol will be
accompanied by a direction arrow.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise for theright speakers and
counterclockwise for the leftspeakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to adjust the sound to the front speakers
and counterclockwise for the rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, AUTO TONE,
BAL, FADE, BASS and TREB controls just as you do
for the radio. Other controls may have different
functions when a tape is inserted. The display will show
the tape symbol and an arrow to show which side of the
tape is playing.
If you hear nothing or hear just a garbled sound, it may
not be in squarely. Press EJECT to remove the tape and
start over.
The player is able to detect a tight or broken tape, and
will eject the tape. The radio will go back to playing the
last station selected.
The player automatically senses the cartridge for metal
or Cr02 and sets the pre-emphasis. Anytime a tape is
inserted, the top side is selected to play first.
PREV (1): Press this button or the SEEK left arrow to
search for the previous selection on the tape.Your tape
must have at least three seconds of silence between each
selection for PREV or SEEK to work. The tape direction
arrow blinks during PREV or SEEK operation. The
sound will muteduring PREV or SEEK operation. Press
this button or oneof the SEEK arrows again to returnto
normal play.
PROG (2): Press this button to play the other side of
the tape.
NEXT (3): Press this button or the SEEK right arrow
to search for the next selection on the tape. If you hold
the button or pressit more than once, the player will
continue moving forward through the tape. Your tape
must have at least three seconds of silence between
each selection for NEXT or SEEKto work. The tape
direction arrow blinks during NEXT or SEEK operation.
The sound will mute duringNEXT or SEEK operation.
Press this button or one of the SEEK arrows again to
return to normal play.
3-10
REV (4): Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly.
Press it again to return to playing speed. The radio will
play the last-selected station while the tape reverses.
00 (5): Press this button to reduce background noise.
Note that the double-D symbol will appear on the display.
[email protected] Noise Reduction is manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and thedouble-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
FWD (6): Press this button to advance quickly to
another part of the tape. Pressthe button again to return
to playing speed. The radio will play the last-selected
station while the tape advances.
AM-FM: Press this button to play theradio when a tape
is in the player.
TAPE AUX:Press this button to change to the tape
function when the radio ison. The tape symbol with an
arrow will appear on the display when the tape
is active.
If your system is equipped with a remote playback
device, pressing this button a second time will allow the
remote device to play.
EJECT: Press this button to remove the tape. The
radio will play. EJECT may be activated with either the
ignition or radio off. Cassettes may be loaded with the
radio off if this button is pressed first. If you leave a
cassette tape in the player while listening to the radio,
it may become warm.
AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player
and AutomaticTone Control (If Equipped)
CLN: If this message appears on the display, the
cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still play
tapes, but you should clean it as soon as possible to
prevent damage to the tapes and player. See “Care of
Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After you clean
the player, press and hold EJECT for fiveseconds to
reset the CLN indicator. The radio will display --- to
show the indicator was reset.
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. To increase volume, turn the knob clockwise. Turn
it counterclockwise to decrease volume. The knob is
capable of rotating continuously.
RECALL: Press this button to recall the station being
played. If you press the button when the ignition is off,
the clock will show for a few seconds.
SCV: Your system has a feature called
Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). With SCV,
your audio system adjusts automatically to make
up for road and wind noise as you drive. Set the
volume at the desired level. Move the control ring
behind the upper knob clockwise to adjust the SCV.
Then, as you drive, SCV automatically increases the
volume, as necessary, to overcome noise at any
particular speed. The volume level should always
sound the same to you as you drive. If you don’t
want to use SCV, turn the control all the way down.
Each detent on the control ring allows for more
volume compensation at a faster rate of speed.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM,
FMl and FM2. The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to
choose radio stations. Push the knob back into its stored
position when you’re not using it.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there. The sound will
mute while seeking.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds,
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for a few seconds. The radio will go to
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. The sound
will mute while scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization that
best suits the type of station selected.
5. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return and the AUTO TONE
equalization that you selected will also be
automatically selected for that button.
6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
P.SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your
favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons for a
few seconds. The radio will scan through each of the
stations stored on your pushbuttons, except those
stations with weak reception. The AUTO TONE
setting stored for that pushbutton will be automatically
chosen. Press PSCAN or oneof the pushbuttons again
to stop scanning. P.SCAN will be displayed whenever
the tuner is in the P.SCAN mode. The channel number
(PI-P6) will appear momentarily just before the
frequency is displayed.
AUTO TONE: This feature allows you to choose
preset bass and treble equalization settings designed
for classical, news, rock, pop, country/western and jazz
stations. C/W will appear on the display when you first
press AUTO TONE. Each time you press it, another
setting will appear on the display. Press it again after
JAZZ appears and the AUTO TONE display will go
blank. Tone control will return to the BASS and TREB
knobs. Also, if you use the BASS and TREB knobs,
control will return to them and the AUTO TONE
display will go blank.
Setting theTone
Adjusting the Speakers
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise
to decrease bass. When you use this control, the radio’s
AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the
AUTO TONE display will go blank.
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn
the knob clockwise for the right speakers and
counterclockwise for the left speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase treble and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. When you use this control, the radio’s
AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the
AUTO TONE display will go blank. If a station is
weak or noisy, you maywant to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to adjust the sound to the front speakers
and counterclockwise for the rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
Playing a Compact Disc
Insert a disc partway into the slot, label side up. The
player will pull it in. The disc should begin playing. The
display will show CD and the CD symbol.
If you’re driving on a very rough road or if it’s veryhot,
the disc may not play and ERR (error) may appear on
the display. Press RECALL to take ERR off the display.
When things get back to normal, the disc should play. If
the disc comes out, it could be that:
0
The disc is upside down.
It is dirty, scratched or wet.
It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
try again.)
PREV (1): Press this button or the left SEEK arrow to
the start of a current track. If you hold the button or
press it more than once, the player will continue moving
back through the disc. The sound will mute while
seeking.
RDM (2): Press this button to hear the tracks in random,
rather than sequential, order. RANDOM willshow on
the display. Press RDM again to turn off random play.
RDM is reset to off when the disc is ejected.
NEXT (3): Press this button or the right SEEK arrow
to go to the next track. If you hold the button or press
it more than once, the player will continue moving
forward through the disc. The sound will mute
while seeking.
REV (4): Press and hold this button to quickly reverse
within a track. Release it to play the passage. You can
use the counter reading on the display to locate a
passage more easily.
FWD (6): Press and hold this button to advance
quickly within a track. Release it to resume playing.
You can use the counter reading on the display to locate
a passage easily.
RECALL: Press this button to seewhich track is
playing. Press it again within five seconds to see how
long it has been playing (elapsed time). The track
number also appears when you change the volume or
when a new track starts to play.
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a disc
is in the player. The letters CD will go off the display.
CD AUX: Press this button to change to the disc
function when the radio is on. A CD icon will appear on
the display when the disc is in the player, whether it is
active or not.
EJECT Press this button to remove the disc. The radio
will play. The disc will start at the firsttrack when you
reinsert it.
If you turn off the ignition or radiowith a disc in
the player, it will stay in the player. When you turn
on the ignition or system, thedisc will start playing
where it was stopped. If you press EJECT but don’t
remove the disc, the playerwill pull the disc back in
to protect it after about oneminute. If you leave a
compact disc in the player while listening to the radio,
it may become warm.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
THEFTLOCK” is designed to discourage theft of your
radio. It works by using a secret code to disable all radio
functions whenever battery power is removed.
The THEFTLOCKfeature for the radio may be used or
ignored. If ignored, the system plays normally and the
radio is not protected by the feature. If THEFTLOCK is
activated, your radio will not operate if stolen.
When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radio will display
LOC to indicate a locked condition anytimebattery
power is removed. If your battery loses power for any
reason, you must unlock the radiowith the secret code
before itwill operate.
Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
The instructions which follow explain how to enter
your secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system.
It is recommended that you read through all nine steps
before starting the procedure.
NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse
between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to
time and you must start the procedure over at Step 4.
1. Write down any three or four-digit number from
000 to 1999 and keep it in a safe place separate
from thevehicle.
2. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN.
3. Turn the radio off.
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until --- shows on the display. Next you will use the
secret code number which you have written down.
5. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
6. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
7. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
8. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show REP tolet you know thatyou
need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your
secret code.
9. Press AM-FM and this time the display will show
SEC to let you know that your radio is secure. The
indicator by the volume control will begin flashing
when the ignition is turnedoff.
Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a
Power Loss
Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more than
15 seconds between steps:
If you enter the wrong code eight times, INOP will
appear on the display. You will have to wait an hour
with the ignition on before you can try again. When
you try again, you will only have three chances to
enter the correct code before INOP appears.
If you lose or forget your code, contact your dealer.
Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature
Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more than
15 seconds between steps:
'i
1. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN.
2. Turn the radio off.
1. LOC appears when the ignition is on.
3. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until SEC shows on the display.
2. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
4. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
3. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
5. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
4. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
6. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
5 . Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
7. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secretcode you have written down.
The display will show ---,indicating that the radio is
no longer secured.
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show SEC, indicating the radio is
now operable and secure.
If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear on the
display. The radio will remain secured until the correct
code is entered.
If a cassette tape or compact disc is playing, the player
will advance with the up arrow and rewind with the
down arrow.
When battery power is removed and later applied to a
secured radio, the radio won’t turn on andLOC will
appear on thedisplay.
PRESET: Press this button to play a station you have
programmed on the radio preset buttons.
To unlock a secured radio, see “Unlocking the
Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss” earlier
in this section.
Audio SteeringWheel Contro(If Equipped)
AM-FM: Press this button to choose AM, FMl or FM
2. If a cassette tape or compact disc isplaying, it will
stop and the radio will play.
VOLUME: Press the up
I
or down arrow to increase
or decrease volume.
If your vehicle has this feature, you can control certain
radio functions using the buttons on your steering wheel.
SEEK: Press the up
arrow to tune to the next
radio station and the
down arrow to tune to
the previous radio station.
PLAY Press this button to play a cassette tape or
compact disc when the radio is playing.
MUTE: Press this button to silence the system. Press
it again to turn on the sound.
Understanding Radio Reception
To help avoid hearing lossor damage:
FM Stereo
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
FM stereo will give you the best sound. ButFM signals
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
NOTICE:
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautionsby
adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
Before youadd any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you
can add what you want. If you can, it’s very
important to doit properly. Added sound
equipment may interfere with the operation
of your vehicle’s engine, Delcoradio or other
systems, and even damage them. Your
vehicle’s systems mayinterfere with the
operation of sound equipment that has
been added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, checkwith
your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules
covering mobileradio andtelephone units.
--
--
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate
properly or may cause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN to indicate
that you have used your tape player for 50 hours without
resetting the tape clean timer. If this message appears
on the display, your cassette tape player needs to be
cleaned. It will still play tapes, but you should clean it
as soon as possible to prevent damage toyour tapes and
player. If you notice a reduction in sound quality, try a
known good cassette to see if it is the tape or the tape
player at fault.If this other cassette has no improvement
in sound quality, clean the tape player.
Cleaning may be done with a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub
the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn.
It is normal for the cassette to eject while cleaning.
Insert the cassette at least three times to ensure
thorough cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaning
cassette is available through your Chevrolet dealership.
You may also choosea non-scrubbing action, wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
eject and, it may not clean as thoroughly as the
scrubbing type cleaner.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality
may degrade over time. Always make sure the cassette
tape is in good condition before you have your tape
player serviced.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Fixed Mast Antenna
Handle discs carefully. Store them in their originalcases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If thesurface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in amild, neutral detergent solution
and clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
The fixed mast antennacan withstand most car washes
without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
slightly bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If the
mast is badly bent, as itmight be by vandals, you should
replace it.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick updiscs by grasping theouter edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Check every once in a whileto be sure the mast is still
tightened to the fender.
0 Section 4
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also
included many other useful tips on driving.
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-6
4-9
4-1 1
4- 12
4- 13
4- 14
Defensive Driving
Drunken Driving
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
Steering
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
Loss of Control
Driving at Night
4-16
4- 19
4-20
4-2 1
4-22
4-22
4-24
4-28
4-30
Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads
City Driving
Freeway Driving
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Winter Driving
Loading Your Vehicle
Towing a Trailer
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safetydevice in your
Chevrolet: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be readyfor anything.”
On city streets,rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going tobe
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city andrural driving. You never
know when the vehicle infront of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
4-2
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is
a nationaltragedy. It’s the number one contributorto the
highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims
every year.
The obviousway to solve this highway safety problem
is forpeople never to drink alcoholand then drive. But
what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
driver plansto drive? It’s a lot less than many might
think. Although it dependson each person andsituation,
here is some general informationon the problem.
Alcohol affects four thingsthat anyone needs to drive
a vehicle:
The Blood Alcohol Concentration(BAC) of someone
who is drinking dependsupon four things:
Drunken Driving
Judgment
The amount of alcohol consumed
MuscularCoordination
0
The drinker’s body weight
Vision
0
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
Attentiveness.
Police recordsshow that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involvealcohol. In most cases,
these deaths are the
result of someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years, some 17,000 annualmotor
vehicle-related deaths havebeen associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured.
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the
adult population -- choose neverto drink alcohol,so
they never drive after drinking. For personsunder 21,
it’s against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychologicaland
developmental reasons for these laws.
The length of time it has taken the drinkerto
consume thealcohol.
According to the American Medical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BACby drinking three 4-ounce (1 20 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1- 1/2 ounces
(45 ml)of a liquorlike whiskey, gin orvodka.
Since alcohol is carried in body water, thismeans that a
woman generally will reach a higherBAC level than a
man of hersame body weight wheneach has the same
number of drinks.
The law in manyU.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In agrowing number of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United Statesis 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is inthe drinks, and how
quickly the persondrinks them.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if
the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes food just before or during drinking will have a
somewhat lower BAC level.
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
But the abilityto drive is affected well belowa BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of
many people are impaired at aBAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that theeffects are worse at night. All
drivers are impaired at BAClevels above 0.05 percent.
Statistics show that thechance of being in a collision
increases sharply for drivers who have a BACof
0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAClevel of
0.06 percent has doubledhis or her chance of having a
collision. At a BAC level of0.10 percent, the chance of
this driver having a collision is12 times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!
The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol
in one drink.No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s system can makecrash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
I A CAUTION:
Drinking and then driving is . -ry dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions,attentiveness and
judgment can be affectedby even asmall amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if you drive afterdrinking.
Please don’t drink and drive
or ride with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride homein a cab; or if
you’re with a group, designate a driver who will
not drink.
--
--
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle gowhere
you want it to go.They are the brakes, the steering and
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work
at the placeswhere the tires meet theroad.
Braking action involvesperception time and reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
That’s perception time. Then you have to bring up your
foot and do it.That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be alot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surfaceof the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the conditionof the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; the conditionof your brakes; the weight of the
vehicle and the amount of brake force applied.
4-6
Avoid needless heavy bralung. Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This is a
mistake. Your brakes may not have timeto cool between
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you
do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the
traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once thepower assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is an
advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent a braking skid.
When you start your engine, or when you begin to drive
away, your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this test is going on, and you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves a little. This is normal.
ANTI LOCK
If there’s a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, this
warning light will stay on or
flash. See “Anti-Lock
Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.
You’re driving safely.Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens withABS.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A computer senses that wheelsare slowing down. If one
of the wheels isabout to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes ateach front wheel and at the
rear wheels.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
4-8
wheel speed andcontrols braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get your foot up tothe brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can help you more
than even the very best braking.
Steering
Power Steering
Using Anti-Lock
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal
down and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel the
system working, or you may notice some noise, but this
is normal.
LOW
TRAC
Braking in Emergencies
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
this light will come on. See
“Anti-Lock Brake System
Active Light” in the Index.
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
Steering Tips
Driving onCurves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get ina curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angleat
which the curve is banked, and your speed. While you’re
in a curve, speed isthe one factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering througha sharp curve. Then you
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems-- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet
the road. Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too
much of those places. You can lose control.
What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up on the
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you want it
to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should
adjust your speed. Of course, theposted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditionsyou’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive”through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve,and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or achild darts out from between
parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop
in time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room,
That’s the time for evasive action -- steering around
the problem.
Your Chevrolet can perform very well inemergencies
like these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking in
Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is better to
remove as much speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or
right depending on the spaceavailable.
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
LEFT APPROX.
QUARTERTURN
An emergency like this requires close attention and a
quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and
just asquickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steerso
that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement. You
can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Thenturn your
steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to
pass while you’re awaitingan opportunity. For one
thing, following too closely reduces your area of
vision, especially ifyou’re following a larger
vehicle. Also, you won’thave adequate space ifthe
vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waitsfor justthe right moment,
accelerates, moves around thevehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driverface to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.
So here are some tips for passing:
0
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides and to
crossroads for situations that might affect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait for a better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a
turn or an intersection, delay your pass. A broken
center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road aheadis clear). Never cross a solid
line on your sideof the lane or a double solid line,
even if the road seems empty of approachingtrafic.
0
When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
start to accelerate but stayin the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your moveso you will be
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
“running start” that more than makes upfor the
distance you wouldlose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and drop back againand
wait for another opportunity.
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But takecare that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
the blind spot.
e Check your mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and
start your left lane changesignal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are far enough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see itsfront in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane changesignal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be fartheraway from you
than it really is.)
0
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time
on two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle.
0
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
0
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can easea little to the right.
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep tryingto steer and
constantly seek an escape route or area
of less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But skids are always
possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Chevrolet’s
three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
Driving at Night
A
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system(ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
I
Night driving is more dangerousthan day driving. One
reason is that some drivers are likelyto be impaired -- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems,
or by fatigue.
4-14
Here aresome tips on night driving.
0
Drive defensively.
0
Don’t drink and drive.
0
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
0
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to
slow down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
0
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
0
In remote areas, watch for animals.
0
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place
and rest.
Night Vision
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do inthe daytime can alsoaffect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
have lesstrouble adjusting to night. But if you’re
driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and allthe glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and
aren’t even aware of it.
4-15
Driving in Rain and on
Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in
good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled
with washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper
inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield, or when strips of rubber start to
separate from the inserts.
A CAUTION:
I Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work
as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to
one side.You could lose controlof the vehicle.
of water or
After driving through a large puddle
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through some car washes can causeproblems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can’t, tryto slow down before you hit them.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that theycan actually ride on the water.
This can happen ifthe road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your
tires do not have much tread or if the pressure inone or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds.There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that is slightly
of your vehicle.If you
lower than the underbody
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turn on your low-beam headlamps -- not just
your parking lamps -- to help make you more visible
to others.
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when youpass
another vehicle. Allow yourselfmore clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
City Driving
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of traffic on them. You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
0
Know the best way to get to where you are
going. Get a city map and plan your trip into an
unknown part of the city just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
0
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
0
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic
light is there because the corner is busy enough to
need it. When a light turns green, and just before you
start to move, check both ways for vehicles that have
not cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.
Freeway Driving
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Tryto determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Tryto merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switchon your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway,adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower.
Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes,check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But theyhave their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keepto the right, Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expectto move
slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you miss your
exit, do not,
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive onto
the next exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speed is usually posted.
Here are some things you can check before a trip:
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
0
Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
0
Wiper Blades: Are they in goodshape?
0
Fuel, Engine Oil, OtherFluids: Have you checked
all levels?
0
Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
0
Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread goodenough for
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the
recommended pressure?
0
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
0
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well rested. If you
must start when you’re notfresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you
can easily drive in.
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s readyto go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service experts in
Chevrolet dealerships all across North America. They’ll
be ready and willing to help if you needit.
Highway Hypnosis
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap,get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treatdrowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you're
planning to visit there, here are sometips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
0
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system
and transaxle. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
Coasting downhill inNEUTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous.Your brakes will have to
do all the work
of slowing down. They could getso
hot that they wouldn't work well. You would then
have poor brakingor even none going downa hill.
You could crash.Always have your enginerunning
and your vehiclein gear when you go downhill.
Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.
If you don't shift down, your brakes could
get so hot that they wouldn't work well. You
would then have poor braking or even none going
down a hill.You could crash. Shift down tolet
your engine assistyour brakes on asteep
downhill slope.
0
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, andyou can climb the hill better.
0
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don't swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
0
As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There could be
something in your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.
0
You may see highway signson mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Here are some tips for winter driving:
Have your vehicle in good shape for winter.
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your trunk.
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And,if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lot less traction or “grip” and will need to be
very careful.
What’s the worsttime for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard todrive on. But wet
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32°F; 0”C) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution. Accelerate gently.
Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate
too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polishthe surface
under the tires even more.
4-25
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even
though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.
0 Allow greater following distance on any
slippery road.
0
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or anoverpass may
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a
serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know for surethat you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to doto summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers.
0
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you've been stopped by the snow.
0
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket aroundyou.
If you have no blankets or extraclothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags,
rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle.
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside. CO could overcome youand kill
you. You can't see it orsmell it, so you might not
know it is inyour vehicle. Clear away snow from
around the base of your vehicle, especiallyany
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
around again from time to time to besure snow
doesn't collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side of the
vehicle that's away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out.
YOUcan run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
4-27
___
~~
~
Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves
fuel. When you run the engine,make it go alittle faster
than just idle. That is,push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heatthat you get and it keeps the
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signalinglater on
with your headlamps. Let the heater run for awhile.
Then, shut the engineoff and close the window almost
. all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
and repeat this only whenyou feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises
every half hour or so until help comes.
Loading Your Vehicle
ym
TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
FRT. CTR. RR.
TOTAL LBS.
KG
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
XXX
COLD TIRE
CAPACITY WEIGHT
TIRE SIZE
SPEED
PRESSURE
RTG
PSI/KPa
FRT.
RR.
SPA.
IF TIRES ARE HOT, ADD 4PS1/28KPa
SEE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
Two labels on your vehicle show how muchweight it
may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label
is inside the trunk lid. The label tells you the proper size,
speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for
the tires on yourvehicle. It also gives you important
information about the number of people that can be in
your vehicle and the total weight you can carry. This
includes the weight of all occupants, cargo and all
nonfactory-installed options.
4-28
f
MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
DATE
GVWR
GAWR
FRT
GAWR
RR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVENTION
STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
The other label is the Certification label, found on the
rear edge of the driver’s door. It tells youthe gross
weight capacity of your vehicle, called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle WeightRating). The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
If you do have a heavy load, spread it out. Don’t carry
more than 167 pounds (75 kg) in your trunk.
A CAUTION: Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either themaximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, or it can change the way your vehicle
handles. These could cause you
to lose control.
Also, overloading can shorten thelife of
your vehicle.
I NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail becauseof overloading.
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,
tools, packages or anything else -- they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
A
Towing a Trailer
CAUTION:
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike
and injurepeople in a sudden stop or turn, or in
a crash.
0 Put things inthe trunk of your vehicle. In a
trunk, putthem as far forward as you can.
Try to spread theweight evenly.
0 Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
above the tops of the seats.
e Don’t leave an unsecured childrestraint in
your vehicle.
0 When you carry something insidethe
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
0 Don’t leavea seat folded down unless
you
need to.
A CAUTION:
I
If you don’t usethe correct equipment and drive
properly, you can lose control when you pulla
trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy,the
brakes may not work well or even at all. You
and your passengers could be seriously
injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followedall the
steps in this section. Ask your Chevrolet dealer
for advice and information about towing atrailer
with your vehicle.
--
NOTICE:
Pulling atrailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costlyrepairs not covered by
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice inthis part, andsee your Chevrolet
dealer for important information about towing a
trailer with your vehicle.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with
proper towing equipment. To identify what the vehicle
trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read
the information in “Weight ofthe Trailer” that appears
later in this section. But trailering is different than just
driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes
in handling, durability and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
That’s the reason for this part. In it are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added weight. The engine is
required to operate atrelatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points:
0
There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’ll be driving. A good source forthis
information can be state or provincial police.
0
Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch
dealer about sway controls.
0
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000 miles
(1 600 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle or other parts could be damaged.
0
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you
tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps your
engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
0
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Don’t drive faster than the maximum posted speed
for trailers (or no more than 55 mph (90 km/h)) to
save wear on your vehicle’s parts.
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
the weight of the trailer tongue
0
and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires.
In Canada, write to:
General Motors ofCanada Limited
Customer Communication Centre
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario LlH 8P7
Weight of the Trailer
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
How heavy can a trailer safelybe?
The tongue load (A) of any traileris an important
weight to measure becauseit affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle.The capacity weight includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in
it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And
if you will tow a trailer, you must subtract the
tongue
load from your vehicle’s capacity weightbecause your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too.See “Loading
Your Vehicle” in the Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximumload capacity.
It should never weighmore than 1,000 pounds (450 kg).
But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you planto use your rig. For
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is usedto pull a
trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or
advice, or you can write us at:
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
Total Weight onYour Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the upper
limit for cold tires. You’ll find thesenumbers on the
Tire-Loading Information label (found inside the trunk
lid) or see “Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index. Then be
sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle,
including theweight of the trailer tongue.
A
B
If you’re using a weight-carryinghitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing
hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of
the total loaded trailer weight (B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be ableto get them right
simply by moving some items aroundin the trailer.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow:
The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal the holeslater when youremove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) fromyour exhaust can get into your
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
Safety Chains
Driving with a Trailer
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road
if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.
Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Trailer Brakes
Because you have anti-lock brakes, do not try to tap into
your vehicle’s brake system. If you do, both brake
systems won’t work well, or at all.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
are still working.
Following Distance
Making ”urns
Stay at least twice as farbehind the vehicle ahead asyou
would when driving yourvehicle without a trailer. This
can helpyou avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
ITICE:
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can returnto your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer to the left, justmove that hand
to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back upslowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
r
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailerto come in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider
turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike
soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal
well in advance.
Turn Signals When Towinga Trailer
Parking on Hills
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasher and/or extra wiring. Check
with your Chevrolet dealer. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lane change. Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps
will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes or stop.
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start to move. People can be injured, and both
your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s
important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working.
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into
PARK (P) yet.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
Driving On Grades
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking
brake, and then shift to PARK (P).
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes so much that
they would get hot and no longer work well.
5. Release the regular brakes.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
If you are towing a trailer, you may wantto drive in
DRIVE (D) instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0)
(or, as you need to,a lower gear),
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s
how to do it:
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on aHill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
0
Start your engine;
0
Shift into a gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule for more
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, belt, cooling system and brake adjustment.
Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s
a good idea to review these sections before you start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
fi
NOTES
Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you’ll find what to do about someproblems that can occuron the road.
5-2
5-3
5-8
5-13
5- 15
Hazard Warning Flashers
Jump Starting
Towing Your Vehicle
Engine Overheating
Cooling System
5-24
5-24
5-35
5-36
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
Compact Spare Tire
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
Hazard Warning Flashers
,
......................................
....
....................................
.....:<.z
....
...
-
Press the switch (located near the ignition switch) to
make your front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and
off. Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what
position your key is in, and even if the keyisn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, press the switch again. When
the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn signals
won’t work.
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
5-2
Other Warning Devices
NOTICE:
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set oneup at
the sideof the road about300 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle.
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Trying to start your Chevrolet by
pushing or pulling it won’t work, and itcould
damage your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper cablesto start your
Chevrolet. But please follow the
steps below to do
it safely.
1
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because:
They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.
They contain enough electricityto burn you.
If you don’t follow thesesteps exactly, someor all
of these things can hurt you.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negativeground system.
NOTICE:
If the other system isn’ta 12-volt system with
a
negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles closeenough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure thevehicles aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause aground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your Chevrolet, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
5-3
To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set
the parking brakefirmly on both vehicles involved in
the jump start procedure. Put your automatic
transaxle in PARK (P).
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Turn off all
lamps that aren't needed, and radios. This will avoid
sparks and help save both batteries. And it could
save your radio!
I
NOTICE:
1
If you leave your radio on, it could be badly
damaged. The repairs wouldn't be covered by
your warranty.
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. (Your
vehicle's battery is located under the windshield
washer fluid reservoir.)
5. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals
on each battery. Your Chevrolet has a remote
positive (+)jump starting terminal. The terminal
is on the sameside of the engine compartment as
your battery. You should always use the remote
positive (+) terminal instead of the positive (+)
terminal on your battery.To uncover the remote
positive (+) terminal, lift the red plastic cap.
An electric fan can start up even when the engineis
not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing
and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
A CAUTION:
Using amatch near a battery can cause battery
gas to explode. People have beenhurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has
enough water. You don’t
need to add water to theDelco [email protected]
installed in every newGM vehicle. But if a
battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care
of that first. If you don’t, explosive gas could
be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don’t get it on you. If you accidentally getit in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medicalhelp immediately.
6 . Check that the jumper cablesdon’t have loose or
missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative (-)
or a metal engine
part. Don’t connect positive (+) to
negative (-), or you’ll get ashort that would damage
the battery and maybe other parts, too.
Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts
once the engines are running.
8. Don’t let the other end
touch metal. Connectit
to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
7. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle hasone.
9. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to
the good battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end
touch anything until the
next step. The other end
of the negative cable
doesn’t go to the
dead battery.
It goes to a heavy, unpainted, metal parton the engine of
the vehicle with the dead battery.
5-6
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don't touch
each other or any other metal.
10. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away
from the dead battery, but not near engine parts that
move. The electrical connection is just asgood
there, but the chance of sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine for a while.
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it won't start after a few tries, it probably
needs service.
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B . Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
5-7
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a Chevrolet dealer or aprofessional towing
service tow your vehicle.
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it
was factory-new by adding aftermarket items like fog
lamps, aero skirting or special tires and wheels, these
instructions and illustrations may not becorrect.
Before you do anything,turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannot be towed from the front or
rear with sling-type equipment.
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
@
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains detailed towing
instructions and illustrations. The operatormay want to
see them.
1 A CAUTIOIl:
To help avoidinjury toyou or others:
Never let passengersride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
Never tow with damagedparts not
fully secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been liftedby the tow truck.
0 Always securethe vehicle on each side with
separate safety chains when towing it.
Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.
CAUTION:
A vehicle can fall from a car carrierif it isn’t
adequately secured. This can cause a collision,
serious personal injury and
vehicle damage. The
vehicle should betightly secured with chains or
steel cables before
it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that canbe cut by sharp
edges underneath thetowed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use
J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and
suspension components.
When your vehicle is being towed, have theignition
turned to the OFF position. The steering wheel should
be clampedin a straight-ahead position, with a clamping
device designed for towing service. Do not use the
vehicle’s steering column lock forthis. The transaxle
should be in NEUTRAL (N) and theparking
brake released.
Don’t have your vehicle towed on the dnve wheels,
unless you must. If the vehiclemust be towed on the
drive wheels, be sure to follow thespeed and distance
restrictions later in this section or your transaxle will be
damaged. If these limitations must be exceeded, thenthe
drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
5-9
Front Towing
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-typeequipment or
fascidfog lamp damage will occur. Use wheel-lift
or car-carrier equipment. Additionalramping
may be required for carcarrier equipment. Use
safety chainsand wheel straps. Use the T-slots for
car-carrier securing.
Towing a vehicle over roughsurfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damagecan occur from vehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage,raise the vehicle until
adequate clearance is obtained between the
ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to
suspension components when using
car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.
5-10
Attach T-hook chains in
front of the wheels, into the
side slots of the cradle, on
both sides.
These slots are to be used when loading or securingto
car-carrier equipment. .
Attach a separate
safety chain around the
outboard endof each lower
control arm.
Rear Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (55 k d h ) , 50 miles (80 km)
A towing dolly must be used under the drive wheels
when towing from the reaK
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-typeequipment or the rear
bumper valance will be damaged.Use wheel-lift
or car-carrierequipment. Additionalramping
may berequired forcarcarrier equipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps. Use the T-slots for
car-carrier securing.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damagecan occur from vehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
a towing dollyand raise
help avoid damage, install
the vehicle until adequate clearance is obtained
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to
suspension components when using
car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.
Attach T-hook chains into
the slots in the bottom of
the floor pan support rails,
These slots are to be used whensecuring to
car-carrier equipment.
Attach a separate safety
chain around the outboard
end of both lateral arms.
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage
and the
warning light about ahot engine on your instrument
panel. See “Engine CoolantTemperature Gage” and
“Engine CoolantTemperature Warning Light” in the
Index. You also have aLOW COOLANT light on your
instrument panel. See “Low Coolant Light”in the Index.
Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
badly, evenif you just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hearsteam coming
from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away
from the vehicle until it cools down. Waituntil
there is no signof steam or coolant before you
open the hood.
If you keepdriving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or
others could be badlyburned. Stop your engine if
it overheats, and pet out of the vehicle until the
engine iscool.
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
L
NOTICE:
If your engine catchesfire because you keep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged.The costly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
If No Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine
If you get theoverheat warning but see orhear no
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the enginecan get a littletoo hot when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0
Stop after high-speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
e Tow a trailer.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam,
try this for aminute or so:
1. Turn off your air conditioner.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at thehighest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while driving
which is AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE
(a).
5-14
If you no longer have theoverheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slower for about 10 minutes.
If the warning doesn’t come back on, you can
drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine
for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to see if
the warning stops. But then, if you still have the
warning, turn o f t h e engine and get everyone out
of the vehicle until it cools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to getservice
help right away.
Cooling System
When you decide it's safe to lift the hood, here's what
you'll see:
3.4L DOHC (Code X) Engine
A. Coolant Recovery Tank
B. Radiator Pressure Cap
3100 (Code M) Engine
A. Coolant Recovery Tank
B. Radiator Pressure Cap
C. Electric Engine Fans
C. Electric Engine Fans
An electric fan under the
hood can start up even
when the engineis not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,
don't do anything else until it cools down.
The coolantlevel should be at or above the COLD mark
on a cold engine. The coolantlevel should be at or
above the HOT mark on a hot engine.
If it isn't, you may have a leakin the radiator hoses,
heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in
the coolingsystem.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery Tank
If you haven’t founda problem yet, but the coolant level
Heater and radiatorhoses, and otherengine
If you
parts, can be very hot. Don’t touch them.
do, youcan be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant.
That could
cause an engine fire,and you could beburned.
Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive the vehicle.
NOTICE:
Engine damage from running your
engine
without coolant isn’t covered
by your warranty.
If there seems to be no
leak, with the engine on, check
to
see if the electric engine fansare running. If the engine
is overheating, both fansshould be running.If they
aren’t, your vehicle needs service.
isn’t at the COLD mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean
water (preferably distilled) [email protected]
(silicate-fiee) antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank. (See
“Engine Coolant” in the Index for more information.)
’
Adding onlyplain water to yourcooling system
can be dangerous.Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol,can boil beforethe proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system isset for the proper coolant mix. With
plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could
get toohot butyou wouldn’t getthe overheat
warning. Your engine couldcatch fire andyou or
others could beburned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DEX-COOL%oolant.
5-17
-
-
NOTICE:
In cold weather,water can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
Use the recommended coolant and the proper
coolant mix.
I I A CAUTION:
- -
I
You can be burned if you spill coolantOII not
engine parts. Coolant contains ethyleneglycol
and itwill burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on
a hot engine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is atthe
COLD mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warningcontinues, there’s one more
thing you can try.You can add the proper coolantmix
directly to the radiator, butbe sure the cooling system is
cool before you do it.
5-18
I
Steam and scalding liquids from a hotcooling
system can blow out and burnyou badly. They
are underpressure, and if you turn the radiator
pressure cap even a little they can come out
at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the
cooling system,including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Waitfor the cooling systemand
radiator pressure cap cool
to if youever have to
turn the pressurecap.
--
--
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
~~
INOTICE:
2. Then keep turning
the pressure cap, but
now push down as you
turn it. Remove the
pressure cap.
Your enginehas a specific radiator fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure could causeyour
engine to overheat and be severely damaged.
1. You can remove the
radiator pressure cap
when the cooling
system, including the
radiator pressure cap and
upper radiator hose,is
no longer hot. Turn the
pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise until it
first stops. (Don’t press
down while turning the
pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop.A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
You can be burned if you spill coolant onhot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on
a hot engine.
3. After the engine cools, open the coolant air
bleed valve.
3 100 V6 (VIN CodeM): There are two bleed valves.
One is located on the thermostat housing. The other is
located on the thermostat bypass tube.
3.4L DOHC V6 (VTN Code X): There aretwo bleed
valves. They are located on the thermostat housing and
heater outlet pipe.
4. Fill the radiator with the
proper [email protected]
coolant mixture,
up to the baseof
the filler neck.
If you see a stream of coolant coming from an air
bleed valve, close the valve. Otherwise, close the
valves after the radiator isfilled.
5 . Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine
and the compartment.
6. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the
COLD mark.
7. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure cap off.
10. Then replace the
pressure cap. At any
time during this
procedure if coolant
begins to flow out of
the filler neck, reinstall
the pressure cap. Be
sure the arrows on the
pressure cap line up
like this.
8. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the
engine fans.
9. By this time, the coolant level inside the radiator
filler neck may be lower. Ifthe level is lower, add
more of the proper [email protected] mixture
through the filler neck until the level reachesthe
base of the filler neck.
1I. Check the coolant in the recovery tank. The level in
the coolant recovery tank should be at the HOT
mark when theengine is hot or atthe COLD mark
when the engine is cold.
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever havea “blowout,” here are a few
tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a
skid and may require the same correction you’d use in a
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.
5-24
Changing a tire can causean injury. The vehicle
can slip off the jack androll overyou or other
people. You and they couldbe badly injured.
Find a level placeto change your tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put theshift lever inPARK (P),
3, ’Ibrn off the engine.
To be even morecertain the vehicle won’t move,
you can put blocks at the front and rear of the
tire farthestaway from the one being changed.
That would bethe tire on the other side of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.
..............................................................................
...............................................................................
..............................................................................
.............................................
....................
.............................................
................
............................................
.................
..........................................
.................
...........................................
...................
............................................
.._. ..............
m
..................
...................
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and
change a tire.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
I
The equipment you’ll need
is in the trunk. Pull the
carpeting from the floor of
the trunk. Turn the center
nut on the compact spare
cover counterclockwise to
remove it. Then lift and
remove the cover.
Turn the wing nut
counterclockwise and
remove it. Thenlift off the
spacer and remove the spare
tire. See “Compact Spare
Tire” later inthis section for
more information about the
compact spare.
F'1
"
Turn the nut holding the jack and wrench
counterclockwise and remove it. Thenremove the jack
and wrench.
5-26
.A
The tools you'll be using include the jack (A),
socket (B) and wheel wrench (C).
....
I
If there is a wheel cover, loosen the nut caps with the
wheel wrench. They won’t come off. Then, using the
flat end of the wheel wrench, pry along the edgeof the
wheel cover until it comes off. Be careful; the edge may
be sharp. Don’t try to remove the cover with your
bare hands.
To remove a center cap, use the wrench to pry gently at
the notch. Don’t use a tool that is narrower than the
wrench to pry at this notch.
If your vehicle has wheel nut caps, remove them using
the wheel wrench.
5-27
-
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing
the
Spare Tire
3. Position the jack under
the vehicle and raise the
jack lift head until it fits
firmly into the notch in
the vehicle's frame
nearest the flat tire.
Put the compact spare
tire near you.
A CAUTION:
1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
Don't remove them yet.
2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack lift
head a few inches.
Gettingunderavehiclewhen it is jackedup is
dangerous. If thevehicleslips off thejack,you
could be badly injured or killed. Never get under
a vehicle whenit is supported onlyby a jack.
I
!
i
A CAUTION:
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly
positioned can damage the vehicle and even make
the vehicle fall.To help avoid personal injury
and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle
clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the
ground for the spare tire to fit under the vehicle.
5. Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.
6. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
A CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on the
wheel, or on the parts to
which it is fastened, can make the
wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
you change a
wheel, remove any rustor dirt from the places
where thewheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; butbe sure to use a scraper wire
or
brush later, if you need to,to get all the rust or
dirt off.
I A CAUTION:
Never useoil or grease on studs or nuts.
If you
do, the nuts mightcome loose. Your wheel. could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
1
7. Replace the wheel nuts
with the rounded end
of the nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten each nut
8. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
5-31
9. Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a crisscross
sequence as shown.
~
NOTICE:
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to
brake pulsation and rotor damage.
To avoid
expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten thewheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.
10. Don’t try to put a wheel cover on your compact
spare tire. It won’t fit. Store the wheel cover
in the trunk until youhave the flat tire repaired
or replaced.
r
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to becomeloose
and even comeoff. This could lead to an accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to replace them,be sure to getnew GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere assoon as you can and have the
nuts tightened with a torque wrench to100 Ib-ft
(140 Nom).
5-32
I NOTICE:
1
Wheel coverswon’t fit on your compact spare.
If
you try to put awheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover or the spare.
Storing the Flat Tire andTools
I
A CAUTION:
I
1
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
After you’ve putthe compact spare tire on your vehicle
you’ll need to store the flat tire in your trunk. Use the
following procedure to secure the flat tire in the trunk.
Put the flat tire in the trunk so the side that faces out
when it is on the vehicle is facing down. The full-size
tire will not fit down into the well. Place it so the front is
in the well and the rear is out of the well.
Put the bolt throughone of the wheel nut holes, install
the retainer over the bolt, then install the wing nut. Put
the spacer and nut next to the tire in the well.Store the
cover as far forward as possible.
The compact spare is for temporary use only.Replace
the compact spare tire witha full-size tire as soon as you
can. See “Compact Spare” in the Index. See the storage
instructions label to replaceyour compact spare into
your trunk properly.
When you install the wheel cover on the full size tire,
tighten the nut caps to 5 lb-ft (7 N-m).
Storing the Spare Tire andTools
A CAUTION:
I
I
1. Nut
2. Cover
3. Wing Nut
4. Spacer
Storing a jack,a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
5. Compact Spare Tire
6 . Wrench
7. Nut
8. Retainer
9. Jack
10. Bolt
5-34
Compact Spare Tire
Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when
your vehicle was new, it can lose air after a time. Check
the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 60 psi
(420 Wa).
After installing the compact spareon your vehicle, you
should stop as soon as possible and makesure your spare
tire is correctly inflated.The compact spare is made to
perform well at speedsup to 65 mph ( 105 km/h)
for
distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can finish
your trip and have your full-size tire repaired
or replaced
where you want. Of course, it’s bestto replace your
spare with a full-size tire as soonas you can. Your
spare will last longer and be in good shape in case
you
need it again.
NOTICE:
When the compact spare
is installed, don’t take
your vehicle throughan automatic car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can
get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire wheel,
and
and maybe other parts
of your vehicle.
Don’t use your compact spare on other vehicles.
And don’t mixyour compact spare tire or wheel with
other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chainswon’t fit your compact spare.Using
them can damage your
vehicle and can damage
the chainstoo. Don’t use tire chains on your
compact spare.
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
What you don’t want todo when your vehicle is stuck is
to spin your wheelstoo fast. The method known as
“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
I
NOTICE:
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels
too fast while shiftingyour transaxle back and
forth, you can destroy your transaxle.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can
explode, and you or others could beinjured. And,
the transaxle or other partsof the vehicle can
overheat. That could causean engine
compartment fire or otherdamage. When you’re
stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 k m h ) as shown
on the speedometer.
Rockinq Your Vehicle To Get It Out
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear,
spinning the wheels as little as possible. Release the
accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly on
the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear. If
that doesn’t get you out after a few tries, you may need
to be towed out. If you do need to be towed out, see
“Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
@bNOTES
fi
5-38
NOTES
0Section 6
ServiceandAppearanceCare
Here you will find information about the care
of your Chevrolet. This section begins with service and fuel
information, and then it shows how to check important fluid
and lubricant levels. There isalso technical information
about your vehicle, and a part devoted toits appearance care.
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-7
6- 10
6-16
6- 17
6-20
, 6-24
6-25
6-27
6-30
6-31
6-3 1
6-37
6-37
6-45
Service
Fuel
Fuels in Foreign Countries
Filling Your Tank
Checking ThingsUnder the Hood
Engine Oil
Air Cleaner
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
Engine Coolant
Power Steering Fluid
Windshield Washer Fluid
Brakes
Battery
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
Tires
Appearance Care
6-46
6-50
6-50
6-50
6-50
6-5 1
6-52
6-52
6-52
6-5 3
6-5 3
6-53
6-54
6-55
6-55
6-56
6-65
Cleaning the Insideof Your Chevrolet
Care of Safety Belts
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Cleaning the Outsideof the Windshield and
Wiper Blades
Weatherstrips
Cleaning the Outside
of Your Chevrolet
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels (If Equipped)
Cleaning Tires
Sheet MetalDamage
Finish Damage
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
Appearance Care MaterialsChart
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Service Parts Identification Label
Electrical System
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
6-1
Service
Your Chevrolet dealer knows your vehicle best and
wants you to be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to
your dealer for all your service needs. You’ll get
genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported
service people.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
do your own service work, see “Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index.
We hope you’ll wantto keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have oneof these marks:
Delco
Doing Your Own Service Work
If you wantto do some of your own service work, you’ll
want to get the proper Chevrolet Service Manual. It tells
you much moreabout how to service your Chevrolet
than this manual can. To order the proper service
manual, see “Service and Owner Publications” in
the Index.
6-2
You can be injured and yourvehicle could be
damaged if you try to do service work on a
vehicle without knowing enough about
it.
Be sure you have sufficientknowledge,
experience, the proper replacement parts
and tools before you attempt any
vehicle
maintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
other fasteners. 44English” and “metric”
fasteners canbe easily confused.If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
Adding Equipment to the Outsideof
Your Vehicle
Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can
affect the airflow around it. This may cause wind noise
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with
your Chevrolet dealer before adding equipment to the
outside of your vehicle.
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or
higher. At a minimum, it should meet specifications
ASTM D4814 in the United States and CGSB 3.5-M93
in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have been
developed by the American Automobile Manufacturers
Association (AAMA) for better vehicle performance
and engine protection. Gasolines meeting the AAMA
specification could provide improved driveability and
emission control system protection compared to
other gasolines.
Be surethe posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane orhigher and you
hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But
don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when
you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal,
and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid
of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
you have a problem.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label), it
is designed to operate on fuels that meet California
specifications. If such fuels are not available in states
adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle
will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal
specifications, but emission control system performance
may be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on
your instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle
may fail a smog-check test. If this occurs, return to your
authorized Chevrolet dealer for diagnosis to determine
the cause of failure. In the event it is determined that the
cause of the condition is the type of fuels used, repairs
may not be covered by your warranty.
Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low
emissions contain an octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT);
ask your service station operator whether or not his fuel
contains MMT. General Motors does not recommend the
use of such gasolines. If fuels containing MMT are used,
spark plug life may be reduced and your emission
control system performance may be affected. The
malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel
may turn on.If this occurs, return to your authorized
Chevrolet dealer for
service.
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United States
are now required to contain additives that will help
prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel
system, allowing your emission control system to
function properly. Therefore, you should not have to add
anything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines containing
oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, and
reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to
help clean the air. General Motors recommends that you
use these gasolines if they comply with the
specifications described earlier.
NOTICE:
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
United States or Canada,the proper fuel may be hard to
find. Never use leadedgasoline orany other fuel not
recommended in the previoustext on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask anauto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the followingaddress for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors International Product Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The tethered cap isbehind a hinged door on the left side
of your vehicle.
Filling Your Tank
I
/r\
CAULON:
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline
or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
I
While refueling, let the cap hang by the tether below the
fuel fill opening.
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left
(counterclockwise). The caphas a spring in it; if you let
go of the cap too soon, it will spring backto the right.
NOTICE:
If you get gasolineon yourself and then
burned.
something ignitesit, you could be badly
Gasoline can spray outon you if youopen the
fuel filler cap too quickly.This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Openthe fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noiseto stop. Then unscrew
the capall the way.
I
If you need a new cap,
be sure to getthe right
type. Yourdealer can get onefor you. If you get
the wrong type,it may not fit properly. This may
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light
and your fuel tank andemissions system may be
damaged. See “MalfunctionIndicator Lamp” in
the Index.
Under
IThings
Checking
the Hood
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces assoon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Chevrolet” in theIndex.
When you putthe capback on, turn it to the right
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make sure
you fully install the cap. The diagnostic systemcan
determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly
installed. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in
the Index.
6-6
An electric fan under thehood can start up and
injure you even whenthe engine is not running.
Keep hands, clothing and tools awayfrom any
underhood electric fan.
1
'ION:
Things that burncan get onhot engine parts and
start a fire. Theseinclude liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant,brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could beburned. Be careful not to dropor spill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.
Hood Release
To open the hood, first pull
the handle located inside the
vehicle near the parking
brake pedal.
Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the
secondary hood release. Lift the hood.
When you open the hood on the 3 100 (Code M) engine, you'll see:
j_
t
A. Engine Coolant Reservoir
B. Radiator Fill Cap
C . Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap
E. Engine Oil Dipstick
6-8
F. AutomaticTransaxle
Fluid Dipstick
G. Brake Fluid Reservoir
H. Air Filter
I. Remote Positive
Battery Terminal
J. WindshieldWasher
Fluid Reservoir
K. Battery (located under
Windshield Washer
Fluid Reservoir)
When you open the hood on the 3.4L DOHC (Code X) engine, you’ll see:
r
.FA
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
-
Engine Coolant Reservoir
Radiator Fill Cap
Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Engine Oil Dipstick
F. Automatic
Transaxle
Fluid Dipstick
G. Brake Fluid Reservoir
H. Air Filter
I. Remote Positive
Battery Terminal
J. WindshieldWasher
Fluid Reservoir
K. Battery (located under
Windshield Washer
Fluid Reservoir)
6-9
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are
on
properly. Thenjust pull the hood down and close it firmly.
Engine Oil
LOW
OIL
If the LOW OIL light on the
instrument panel comes on,
it means you need to check
your engine oil level right
away. For more
information, see “Low Oil
Level Light” in the Index.
You should check your
engine oil level regularly;
this is an added reminder.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you
get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
3100 (Code M) Engine
3.4L DOHC (Code X)
Engine
The engine oil dipstick handle is the yellowloop near
the front of the engine.
Turn off theengine and give the oil afew minutes to
drain back into the oil pan. If you don’t, theoil dipstick
might not show the actual level.
Checking Engine Oil
When to Add Oil
If you have the3.4L DOHC engine (VIN Code X),
allow up to 20 minutes for the oilto drain backinto the
oil pan.
If the oil is at or below the lower mark, then you’ll need
to add at least one quartof oil. But you must usethe
right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to use. For
crankcase capacity, see “Capacitiesand Specifications”
in the Index.
Pull out the dipstick and clean itwith a paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
I NOTICE:
Don’t add too much oil.
If your engine hasso
much oil that the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
operating range, your engine could be damaged.
3100 (Code M) Engine
3.4L DOHC (Code X)
Engine
6-11
What Kind of Oil to Use
Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by
looking for the “Starburst” symbol. This symbol
indicates that the oil has been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
3100 (Code M) Engine
3.4L DOHC (Code X)
Engine
If you change yourown oil,
be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol on the
front of the oil container.
The engine oil fill capis located toward thefront of the
engine near the yellow-looped engine oil dipstick.
Be sure to fill it enough to put the level somewhere in
the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’rethrough.
If you have your oilchanged for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in thefollowing chart:
RECOMMENDEO SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE 011 FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
LOOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
HOT
WEATHER
I
"F
+ 100-
+ 38
+Eo-
+ 21
+60-
+ 16
t40-
+4
t20-
-7
0-
- 18
I I
SAE 1UW-30
C LO
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
As shown in the chart, if you have the 3100 engine,
SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you can
use SAE low-30 if it's going to be 0°F (-18°C) or
above. Thesenumbers on an oil containershow its
viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils,
such as SAE 20W-50.
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SA€ VISCOSITY GRADE 011 FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
HOT
WEATHER
+loo-
- +38
+00-
- +27
WOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
As shown in the chart, if you have the3.4L DOHC
engine, SAE 1OW-30 is best for your vehicle. However,
you can use SAE 5W-30 if it’sgoing to be colderthan
60°F ( 16°C) before your next oil change. When it’s
very cold, you should use SAE 5W-30. These numbers
on an oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do
not use other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
“Starburst” symbol. Failureto use the
recommended oil can resultin engine damage not
covered by your warranty.
+60--+16
+40- - + 4
t20---7
O---l8
GM [email protected] meets all the requirements for
your vehicle.
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
If you are in an area where the temperature falls below
-20°F (-29”C), consider using either an SAE 5W-30
synthetic oil or an SAE OW-30 oil. Both will provide
easier cold starting and better protection for your engine
at extremely low temperatures.
Engine Oil Additives
Don’t add anythingto your oil. Your Chevrolet dealer is
ready to advise if you think something should be
added.
When to Change Engine Oil
If any one of these istrue for you,use the short tripkity
maintenance schedule:
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This isparticularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
Most trips include extensiveidling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-gotraffic).
Most trips are through dusty areas.
You frequently tow a trailer or use acarrier on top of
your vehicle.
0
The vehicle isused for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercialapplication.
Driving under these conditions causes engine oil
to
break down sooner. If any one of these is true for your
vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs fiist. (See “Change Oil
Soon” Light in
the Index.)
If none of them is true, use the long triphighway
maintenance schedule. Change the oil
and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever
occurs first. Driving a vehicle
with a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine oil
to
break down slower.
(See “Change Oil Soon” Light in theIndex.)
What toDo with Used Oil
Did you know that used engine oil containscertain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skinand could
even cause cancer?Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or agood hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing
used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the useand disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil canbe a realthreat to theenvironment. If you
change your own oil, be sureto drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before
disposal. Don’t ever disposeof oil
by putting it in thetrash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, orinto streams or bodiesof water. Instead,
recycle itby taking it to a place that
collects used oil. If
you have aproblem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or alocal recycling
center forhelp.
6-15
Air Cleaner
F
Pull out the filter.Be sure to install the air filter and
install the cover tightly when you are finished.
To check or replace the air filter, remove thefour screws
and pull off the cover.
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
r
-Operating theengine withthe air cleaner off can
cause you or others tobe burned. The air cleaner
not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if the engine
backfires. If it isn’t there, and theengine
backfires, you could beburned. Don’t drive with
it off, and be careful working onthe engine with
the air cleaner off.
I NOTICE:
If the air cleaner is off, abackfire can cause a
damaging engine fire. And,dirt can easily get
into your engine, which willdamage it. Always
have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving.
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatic transaxlefluid
level is when the engine oilis changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
(83 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
0
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.
0
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
0
When doing frequent trailer towing.
0
Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services”in the Index.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Chevrolet dealership
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sureto follow all the instructions
here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, starting a fire.
Be sure to
get an accurate reading if you check your
transaxle fluid.
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle
fluid level if you have been driving:
When outside temperatures are above 90 "F (32°C).
0
At high speed for quite a while.
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
While pulling a trailer.
To get the right reading, thefluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is 180°Fto 200°F (82°C
to 93°C).
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km) when outside temperatures are above 50°F
(10°C). If it's colder than 50°F ( 10°C), you may have
to drive longer.
Checking the Fluid Level
0 Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep theengine
running.
0
With the parking brake applied, place the shift
lever
in PARK (P).
0
With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift
lever through eachgear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position theshift
lever in PARK (P).
0
Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes.
Then, without shutting off the engine, follow
these steps:
3100 (Code M) Engine
3100 (Code M) Engine
3.4L DOHC(Code X)
Engine
1. The transaxle fluid dipstick handle is the red loop
near the backof the engine. Pull out the dipstick and
wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
3.4L DOHC (CodeX)
Engine
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the
lower level. The fluid level must be in the
cross-hatched area.
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pull it back out again.
6-19
How to Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level into the cross-hatched area on
the dipstick.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neckfunnel, add enough fluid at the
dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level.
It doesn’t take much fluid, generally less than one
pint (0.5 L). Don’t ovefill.
We recommend you use only fluid labeled
[email protected], because fluid with that label
is
made especially for your automatic transaxle.
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-III
is not covered by your new vehicle warrantv.
3. After adding fluid, recheck thefluid level as
described under “How to Check.’’
4. When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
What to Use
NOTICE:
When adding coolant, it is important thatyou use
only [email protected](silicate-free) coolant.
If coolant other thanDEX-COOL is added to the
system, premature engine, heater core or
radiator corrosion may result. In addition, the
engine coolantwill require change sooner at
30,000 miles(50 000 km) or 24 months,
whichever occurs first. Damage caused bythe use
of coolant other [email protected] isnot
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and one-half [email protected] which
won’t damage aluminum parts. If you use this mixture,
you don’t need to add anything else.
--
Adding only plainwater to your cooling system
can be dangerous.Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before
the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant warning
system isset for the proper coolant mix. With
plain water or the wrong mix,your engine could
get toohot but you wouldn’t getthe overheat
warning. Your engine couldcatch fire and you or
others could beburned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and [email protected] coolant.
Checking Coolant
NOTICE:
If you usean impropercoolant mix,your engine
could overheatand be badly damaged.The
repair cost wouldn’t be covered by
your
warranty. Too much water in the mix can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
If you use the proper coolant, you don’t haveto
add extrainhibitors or additives which claimto
improve the system. These canbe harmful.
6-22
I
When your engine is cold, the coolant level shouldbe at
the COLD mark or a little higher. When yourengine is
warm, the level should beup to the HOT mark or a
little higher.
If this light comes on,
it means you’re low on
engine coolant.
LOW
COOLANT
I /I\ CAUTION:
T h i n g the radiatorpressure cap when tl,,
engine and radiator arehot can allow steam and
scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly.
With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost
never haveto add coolant at the radiator. Never
turn the radiatorpressure cap even a little
when the engine and radiator arehot.
--
--
Adding Coolant
If you need more coolant, add the [email protected]
coolant mixtureat the coolant recovery tank, but be
careful not to spill it.
If the coolantrecovery tank is completely empty, add
coolant to the radiator. (See “Engine Overheating”in
the Index .)
A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant onhot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill coolanton a hot engine.
Radiator Pressure Cap
Power Steering Fluid
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating. Be sure the arrows on the cap
line up with the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure cap, an AC'
cap is recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an [email protected]
is recommended.
3100 (Code M) Engine
3.4L DOHC (Code X)
Engine
When to Check Power SteeringFluid
It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect thereis a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
What to Use
When the engine compartment is cool, wipe the capand
the top of the reservoir clean, then unscrew the cap and
wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
To determine what kind of fluid to use, see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can causeleaks and damage hoses and seals.
When the engine
compartment is hot, the
level should be at the
H mark. When it’s cold,
the level should be at the
C mark. If the fluid is at the
ADD mark, you should
add fluid.
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer’s instructions before use. If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
6-25
Adding Washer Fluid
NOTICE:
0
0
0
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID OmY. Add
washer fluid until the tank is full.
6-26
0
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damageyour washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washersystem. Also,
water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tankonly
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansionif freezing occurs,
which could damage the tankif it is
completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
brake lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid
level goes back up. The other reason is that fluid is
leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you should have
your brake system fixed, since a leak means that sooner
or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t work
at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
CAUTION:
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There areonly two reasons why the brake fluid level in
the reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake
fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal
If you have too much brake
fluid, it can spill on
the engine. The fluid will burn if the engine
is
hot enough.You or others could be burned,
and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake
fluid only when workis done on the brake
hydraulic system.
6-27
BRAKE
When your brake fluid falls
to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on.
See “Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index.
U
With the wrong kindof fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not work well,or they
may not even workat all. This could causea
crash. Always use the proper brakefluid.
NOTICE:
What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake
fluid -- such as Delco Supreme11 (GM Part
No. 12377967). Use new brake fluid from a sealed
container only.
@
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area
around the cap before removing it. This will help keep
dirt from entering the reservoir.
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine
oil, inyour brake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll haveto be
replaced. Don’t let someoneput in the
wrong kind of fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle. If you do, washit off
immediately. See “AppearanceCare” in
the Index.
Brake Wear
Your Chevrolet has front disc brakes and rear drum
brakes if it is equipped with the 3 100 engine. It has
four-wheel disc brakes if it is equipped with the 3.4L
DOHC engine.
Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help
prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect
brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to GM specifications.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn
and new pads are needed. The sound may come and go or
be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except when If you have rear drum brakes, they don’t have wear
indicators, but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing
you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
noise, have the rear brake linings inspected. Also, the
I
rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each
time the tires are removed for rotation or changing.
When you have the front brake pads replaced, have the
rear brakes inspected, too.
The brake wear warning sound means that soon
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
your brakes won’t work well. That could lead to
axle sets.
an accident. When you hear the brake wear
See “Brake System Inspection” in Section7 of this manual
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
under Part C “Periodic Maintenance Inspections”.
I NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
Brake Pedal Travel
Battery
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every new Chevrolet has a Delco [email protected]
You never have to add water to oneof these. When it’s
time for a new battery, we recommend a DelcoFreedom
battery. Get one that has the replacement number shown
on the original battery’s label.
Every time you apply the brakes, with or without the
vehicle moving, your brakes adjust for wear.
Vehicle Storage
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicleis complex. Its
many parts haveto be of top quality and work well
together if thevehicle is to have really good braking.
Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality
GM brake replacement parts. When you replace parts of
your braking system -- for example, when your brake
linings wear down and youhave to have newones put in
-- be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts.
If you don’t, your brakes may no longer work properly.
For example, if someone puts in brake linings that are
wrong for your vehicle, the balance between your front
and rear brakes canchange -- for the worse. The
braking performance you’ve come to expect can change
in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong
replacement brake parts.
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days
or more, take off the black, negative(-) cable from
the battery. This will help keep your battery from
running down.
I A CAUTION:
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index
for tips on working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
-
Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent
Feature” in theIndex.
Bulb Replacement
In this section you’ll find directions for changing the
bulbs in some of the lamps on your Chevrolet. See
“Replacement Bulbs” in the Index to find the type of
bulb you should use.
Halogen Bulbs
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
You or
can burstif you drop or scratch the bulb.
others couldbe injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructionson the bulb package.
Headlamps
1. Open the hood.
3. Remove the electrical connector from the bulb by
raising the lock tab and pulling theconnector away
from the bulb’s base.
4. Install the electrical connector to the bulb.
5. Install the new bulb by inserting the smallest tab on
the bulb base into the matching notch in the retaining
ring. Turn the bulb a quarter-turn to the right until
it stops.
2. Press and turn the base a quarter-turn (to the left for the 6. Close the hood.
driver’s side; to the right for the passenger’s side) and
remove it from the retaining ring by gently pulling it back
and away from the headlamp.
-
Front Park andlbrn Signal Lamp
2. Open the flap by lifting the snap screw.
1. Open the hood. There is one flap on each side of
the radiator.
6-32
3. Position the radiator air side baffle aside and remove
the two nuts (pliers may be required).
4. Slide the headlamp assembly outboard and gently pull
the inside of the assembly away from the vehicle.
5. Push the tab on the bulb socket and turn it to the left.
Pull the socketout of the assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling it out.
Do not twist the bulb.
7. Push in the new bulb.
8. Reverse Steps 1 -4 to replace the assembly.
Center High-Mounted Stoplarnp
(Shelf-Mounted)
2. Turn the socket to the left until it stops and pull the
bulb and socket out of the assembly.
To reach the center high-mounted stoplamp, you must
go through the trunk.
3. Push in the bulb, turnit to the left and pull it out of
the socket.
4. Push the new bulb into the socket and turn
it to the right.
5. Replace the bulb and socket in the assembly.
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(Spoiler-Mounted)
1. Remove the two screws from the stoplamp assembly.
2. Pull the assembly forward out of the spoiler.
3. Remove the three screws from the back of the
stoplamp assembly.
4. Pull the lamp strip out of the stoplamp assembly.
5. Remove the bulb.
1. Open the trunk lid. Locate the stoplamp behind the
rear seats, in front of the trunk hinges.
6. Install the new bulb and reverse Steps 1-4.
6. To remove a socket,
press the tab, turn the
socket to the left and
pull it out.
TaiYStopAwn Signal Lamp
1. Open the trunk. Remove the convenience net if you
have one.Unhook the net from the upper wing nut.
r
1
Remove the upper
(convenience net) wing
nut, if equipped.
Pull the carpet away
from the rear of
the vehicle.
7. Pull the bulb out. Do not twist it.
8. Push the new bulb into the socket.
9. Replace the socket in the assembly.
4. Unscrew the two remaining wing nuts.
5. Pull the assembly from the body carefully.
10. Tighten the socket by turning it to the right.
11. Install the assembly and the two lowerwing nuts.
12. Replace the carpeting.
13. Replace the upper (convenience net) wing nut,
if equipped.
14. Replace the convenience net, if equipped.
Back-up Lamp
Dome Lamp
1. Open the trunk. The back-up lamp bulbs are in the
rear of the trunklid.
1. Grasp the front and rear center ofthe dome lamp cover
at the same time. Then squeeze and pull downward.
(To help pry the sides loose, a flat-blade screwdriver
may be used as an aid during h s procedure).
2. Press the tab on the
socket, turn the socket to
the left and pull it out.
I . Remove the old bulb from the small prongs
extending from the dome lamp base plate; hook the
new bulb onto the prongs.
3. To replace the bulb cover, center it over the base
plate, making sure both the cover and the base plate
line up properly.Snap the cover firmly into place.
For any bulb changing procedure not listed inthis section,
contact your Chevrolet dealer service department.
3. To remove the bulb, pull it out of the socket. Do not
twist the bulb.
4. Push the new bulb into the socket.
5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to replace the socket.
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
4. While holding the wiper arm away from the glass,
push the release clip from under the blade
connecting point and pull the blade assembly down
towards the glass to remove it from the wiper arm.
5. Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm
until you hear the release clip “click” into place.
For wiper blade replacement length and type, also see
“Capacities and Specifications” in the Index.
Tires
Your new Chevrolet comes with high-quality tires made
by a leading tire manufacturer. If you ever have
questions about your tire warranty and whereto obtain
service, see your Chevrolet Warranty booklet for details.
Replacement blades for your vehicle are 22 inches
(559 mm) in length.
1. Turn the wipers on to the lowest intermittent setting.
2. Turn off the ignition while the wipers are at the
outer positions of the wiper pattern. The blades are
more accessible for removal/replacement while in
this position.
3. Pull the windshield wiper arm away from
the windshield.
A CAU
I
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires
are dangerous.
0 Overloading your tires can cause overheating
as a result of too much friction. You could
have anairout and a serious accident. See
“Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index.
CAUTION: (Continued)
NOTICE:
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
overloaded tires.The resulting accident
could causeserious injury. Check alltires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
when your tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut,
punctured or broken by a sudden impact
such as when youhit a pothole. Keeptires
at the recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires can cause accidents.If your
tread is badly worn,or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
--
Inflation
-- Tire
Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label, whichis on the
inside of the trunk lidshows the correct inflation
pressures for your tires when they’re cold.“Cold”
means your vehicle has beensitting for at least three
hours or driven no morethan 1 mile (1.6 km).
6-38
Don’t let anyone tell you
that underinflation or
overinflation is all right.
It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enoughair (underinflation), you can
get the following:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tire overloading
Bad wear
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
If your tires have too muchair (overinflation),
you can getthe following:
0 Unusualwear
0 Bad handling
0 Rough ride
0 Needless damagefrom road hazards.
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or more.
Don’t forget your compact spare tire. It shouldbe at
60 psi (420 kPa).
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services’’ in the Index for scheduled
rotation intervals.
How to Check
Use a goodquality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to putthe valve caps back onthe valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 OOO to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual wear,
rotate your tiresas soon as possible and check wheel
alignment. Also check for damaged tiresor wheels. See
“When It’s Time for New Tires” and “Wheel
Replacement” later inthis section for more information.
When rotating your tires, always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
Don’t include the compact spare tire in your
tire rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and
rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” in
the Index.
I
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which
it is fastened,can make wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could comeoff and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirtfrom places wherethe wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be
sure to use ascraper or wire brush later, if you
need to,to get allthe rust or dirtoff. (See
Whanging a Flat Tire” inthe Index.)
6-40
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s
time for new tires is to
check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire if any of the following statements
are true:
You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing through the
tire’s rubber.
0
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut snagged
or
deep
enough to show cord orfabric.
0
The tire has abump, bulge or split.
0
The tire has a puncture, cut
or other damagethat
can’t be repaired well because
of the size or location
of the damage.
Buying New Tires
To find outwhat kind and size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on your vehiclewhen it was new had
a Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get oneswith that same TPC Specnumber. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling,
speed rating,
traction, ride and other things duringnormal service on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPCnumber will be followedby an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replaceyour tires with those not having a
TPC Spec number, make surethey are the samesize,
load range,speed rating and construction type(bias,
bias-belted orradial) as your original tires.
I
Mixing tires could cause youto lose control while
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial andbias-belted tires),the vehicle maynot
handle properly, and you could havea crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage to your vehicle. Be sure touse the same
size and type tires on all wheels.
It’s allright todrive with your compact spare,
though. It was developedfor use on your vehicle.
6-41
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
The following information relates to the system
developed by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The
grades are molded on thesidewalls of most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does
not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to variations
in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary withrespect to these
grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Traction
-- A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are A, B, and
C, and they represent the tire’s abilityto stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based
on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction.
--
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades
B and A represent higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not
needed. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or
your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment
may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle
vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need to be rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
Chevrolet dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
6-43
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need toreplace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your
Chevrolet model.
A CAUTION:
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous,
It could affectthe brakingand handling of your
vehicle, makeyour tires lose air and make you
lose control.You could havea collision in which
you or others could beinjured. Always usethe
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for
replacement.
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometeror
odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and chassis.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for
more information.
Used Replacement Wheels
h,CAUION:
Putting a used wheel onyour vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used
or
how far it’s been driven.It could fail suddenly
and cause an accident. If you haveto replace a
wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel.
Tire Chains
NOTICE:
If your Chevrolet has P225/60R16 size tires, don’t
use tire chains. They can damage your vehicle
because there’s not enough clearance.
Use another type of traction device onlyif its
manufacturer recommends it for use on your
vehicle and tiresize combination and road
conditions. Followthat manufacturer’s
instructions. To help avoid damage to your
vehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove the
device if it’s contacting your vehicle, and don’t
spin your wheels.
If you do find traction devices that will fit, install
them on the fronttires.
NOTICE: (Continued)
NOTICE: (Continued)
If you have other tires, use tire chains only where
legal and only when you must.Use only SAE
Class “S” type chains that arethe proper size
for your tires. Install them onthe fronttires and
tighten them as tightly as possible withthe ends
securely fastened. Driveslowly and follow the
chain manufacturer’s instructions. If you can
hear the chains contacting your vehicle, stop
and retighten them. If the contact continues,
slow downuntil it stops. Driving toofast or
spinning the wheels with chains on will damage
your vehicle.
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
Chevrolet, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s
warnings and instructions. And always open your doors
or windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
Benzene
Cleaning the Insideof Your Chevrolet
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
0
Carbon Tetrachloride
0
Acetone
Your Chevrolet dealer has two cleaners, a solvent-type
spot lifter and a foam-typepowdered cleaner. They will
clean normal spots and stains very well. Do not use
them on vinyl or leather.
Paint Thinner
Here are some cleaning tips:
Turpentine
1. Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Lacquer Thinner
2. Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
Nail Polish Remover
3. Use aclean cloth or sponge, and change to a
clean area often. A soft brush may be usedif stains
are stubborn.
Naphtha
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
Don’t use any ofthese unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
Bleach
Reducing Agents
4. Use solvent-type cleanersin a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area.
5. If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean the entire
area immediately or it will set.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
1. Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.
Some spots and stains will clean off better with just
water and mild soap.
2. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
3. Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the
directions on the container label.
4. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Don’t
saturate the material and don’t rub it roughly.
If you need to use a solvent:
1. Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean, dull knife or scraper.
5. As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to remove the suds.
2. Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths
(preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the
outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center.
6. Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
3. Keep changing to a clean section of the cloth.
7. Wipe off what’sleft with a slightly damp paper towel
or cloth.
4. When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a
cleaning ring.
8. Dry it immediately with a blow dryer.
9. Wipe with a clean cloth.
Fabric Protection
Your Chevrolet has upholstery and carpet that has been
treated with Scotchgard” Fabric Protector, a 3M
product. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water,
which are the carriers of most stains. Even with this
protection, you still need to clean your upholstery and
carpet often to keep it looking new.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-61 67).
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or Oily Stains
Stains caused by grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt can
be removed as follows:
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
2. Follow the solvent-type instructions described
earlier.
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if left
on a vehicle’s seat fabric. They should be removed as
soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner will
dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
Non-Greasy StSlinc
Stains caused by carsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
be removed as follows:
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
2. If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
described earlier.
3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with a waterhaking soda solution:
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
4. If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains
Cleaning Leather
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise,chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or
saddle soapand wipe dry witha soft cloth. Then, let the
leather dry naturally. Do not use heat to dry.
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
For stubborn stains, use a leather cleaner. See your
dealer for this product.
2. Clean with cool water and allow to dry.
3. If a stain remains, clean itwith solvent-type cleaner.
0
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a cleancloth.
Rub with a clean, dampcloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if you
don’t get themoff quickly. Use a clean cloth anda
vinyyleather cleaner. See your dealer for this product.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
cleaners, furniture polish or shoepolish on leather.
Soiled or stainedleather should be cleaned
immediately. If dirt is allowed to work into the
finish, it can harm the leather.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containingsilicones or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
U
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
may severely weaken them. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on
interior glass.
Don’t use abrasivecleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electricdefogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outsideof the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running,
wax, sap orother material may be on the blade
or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, [email protected] (non-scratching
glass cleaning powder), GM PartNo. 1050011. The
windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse
it with water.
Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiperblades
and affect their performance. Clean the blade by wiping
vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength
windshield washer solvent. Then rinse the blade
with water.
Check the wiper blades andclean them as necessary;
replace blades that look worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips willmake them last
longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During verycold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
Cleaning the Outsideof Your
Chevrolet
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to
keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or
cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in thedirect rays of the sun.
Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use
liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowedto dry on
the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid
surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure vehicle washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
Cleaning Exterior LampsLenses
Use lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth and a liquid
hand, dish or vehicle washing (mild detergent) soap to
clean exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under
“Washing Your Vehicle.”
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of yourChevrolet
by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the
paint finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and
Materials” in the Index.)
Your Chevrolet has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paintfinish.
The clearcoat gives more depth and glossto the colored
basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes thatare
non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish.
NOTICE:
Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish
may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
6-51
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your Chevrolet garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels
(If quipped)
-
Keep your wheelsclean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
may then beapplied.
The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage the surface.
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic vehicle
wash that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes.
These brushes can alsodamage the surface of
these wheels.
Cleaning Tires
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush witha tire cleaner.
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted
surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based products may damage the paint
finish.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Finish Damage
Chemical Paint Spotting
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away.Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a
chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
the paint surface.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust
control can collect on the underbody. If these are
not removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on
the underbody parts such as fuellines, frame, floor
pan and exhaust system even though they have
corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water.Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosenedbefore being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system
can do this for you.
Although no defect in the paintjob causes this,
Chevrolet will repair, atno charge to the owner, the
surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout
condition within 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
of purchase, whicheveroccurs first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART NUMBER
USAGE
DESCRIPTION SIZE
994954 Exterior Polish xPolishing
25 in. Cloth
- Wax Treated 23 in.
Shines vehicle without scratching
105OO04
sq. ft.
Chamois 2.75
1050172
oz. (0.473 L)
Also removes old waxes and polishes Tar and Road Oil R
Chrome Cleaner and Polish
1050173
16 oz. (0.473 L)
Removes rust and corrosion
I
I
I
1050174
1050200
1050214
I
16 oz. (0.473 L)
1 gal. (3.785 L)
32 oz. (0.946 L)
I
White
Sidewall
Tire
Cleaner
Magic Mirror Cleaner Polish
Vinyl Cleaner
Removes
soil
and
black
marks
Exterior cleanerand polish
Spot and stain removal
I
23 oz. (0.680L) I
Glass
Cleaner
I Cleans
grease,
grime
smoke
film
and
I
I 16 oz. L)
(0.473
I Wash and Wax Concentrate I
Exterior
wash
I
Protects vinyl, leather and rubber
oz. (0.237 L)
Armor All Protector 8
Cleans vinyl, cloth, tires and mats Multi-Purpose Powd
16 oz. (0.473 L) 1052925
16 oz. (0.473 L)
Spray on wheel cleaner Wheel Cleaner
1052929
Attracts and absorbs soils
oz. (0.237 L) 1052930
Capture Dry Spot Remover 8
Cleans vinyl, leather and rubber
12345002""
oz. (0.473 L)
Armor AllTM Cleaner 16
Shines tires Silicone Tire Shine
12 oz. (0.354 L)
12345725
Wax
Protects finish and removesfine scratches Cleaning
12377964
16 oz. (0.473 L)
12377966
oz. (0.473 L)
Spot cleans paint and giveshigh luster Finish Enhancer 16
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products.
**Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.
See "Fluids and Lubricants" in the Index.
1050427
1052870
1052918""
6-54
I
I
TM
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
bl
SAMPLE4UXVM072675
kl
I
f \ ASSEMBLY
E N G I N E A 9 7
CODE
MODEL
PLANT
YEAR
This is the legal identifier for your Chevrolet. It appears
on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on
thedriver’s side. You can see it ifyou look throughthe
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears
on
the
Vehicle
Certification
and
Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The 8th character in your VIN is the engine code. This
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts.
Service
Parts
Identification
Label
You’ll find this label on your spare tire cover. It’s very
helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this label is:
0
your VIN,
themodeldesignation,
0
paint information and
a list of all production options andspecial
equipment.
0
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
Electrical System
Headlamp Wiring
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The headlamp wiring is protected by acircuit breaker in
the underhood electrical center. An electrical overload
will cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases
to remain off. If this happens, have your headlamp
system checked right away.
NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electrical
to your Chevrolet
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment
can keep other components from working
as
they should.
Your vehicle has anair bag system. Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your Chevrolet, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index.
Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motoris protected by a circuit
breaker and afuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy
snow, etc., the wiper willstop until the motor cools.If
the overload is causedby some electrica1 problem.
have it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protect the power
windows and other power accessories. When the current
load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Instrument Panel FuseBlock
Some fuses are in a fuse
block on the passenger’s
i side of the instrument panel.
Pull off the cover labeled
FUSES to expose the fuses.
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers,
and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself. This
greatly reduces the chanceof fires caused by
electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse.If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.
Additional fuses arein the underhood electrical centers
on the right and left sides of the engine compartment.
Fuse
Circuit
1
CIGAR LIGHTER -- Instrument
Panel and Console Cigar Lighters
4
HVAC -- W A C Control
Assembly Solenoid Box,
Mix Motor, DRL Module,
HVAC Control Head, Blower
Control Switch
5
HAZARD FLASHER
6
R.H. SPOT LAMP (S.E.O.)
10
I/P ELECTRONICS BATTERY
FEED -- Chime Module,
Electronic Brake Control Module
(EBCM), Theft-Deterrent
Module, Radio
Description
Breaker
C
Power Windows
D
Power Seats
Description
11
STARTER RELAY
12
ANTI-THEFTPCM -Theft-Deterrent Module
13
ABS -- Electronic Brake Control
Module (EBCM), ABS Relay
Fuse
14
Description
HVAC BLOWER MOTOR -Blower Motor Relay
15
L.H. SPOT LAMP(S.E.O.)
19
POWER ACCESSORY (Power)
#I -- Door Lock Switches,
Trunk Courtesy Lamp,Power
Mirror Switch
20
POWER ACCESSORY #2 -(Sunroof) Control Unit
21
AIR BAG -- Air Bag System
22
CRUISE CONTROL-- Cruise
Control Cut-Out Switch
23
STOPLAMPS -- TCCBrake
Switch
25
ENGLISWMETRIC (S.E.O.)
28
CTSY LAMPS -- Vanity Mirrors,
IR Compartment Lamp,Header
Courtesy and Reading Lamp,
US Lighted Rearview Mirror,
Dome Lamp
Fuse
29
30
Description
-- Wiper Switch
TURN SIGNAL -- TU^
WIPER
Signal Flasher
32
POWER LOCKS -- Door Lock
Relay, Keyless Entry Receiver
33
DRL MODULE
37
REAR DEFOG -- HVAC
Control Assembly Rear Window
Defogger Switch
38
RADIO -- Radio, SteeringWheel
Radio Switches,Power Drop
39
I/P ELECTRONICS IGNITION
FEED -- Headlamp Switch,
TCCPBrake Switch, Instrument
Cluster, Chime Module, Keyless
Entry Receiver, BTSI Switch
41
POWER DROP
42
ENHANCED EVAP. SOLENOID
--
Underhood Electrical Center Passenger’s Side
uuu
Some fuses are in a fuse block on the passenger’s side of
the engine compartment.
R/CMPT REL PCM BAT
0
0
0
A/C
0
0
0
PCM
1.I111
-I
FANJN
14
CONT
TRANS
IGN
ELEK IGN
11
15
I
1
Fuse
R/CMPT REL
PCM BAT
TRANS
N C CONT
Description
Remote Trunk Release
Powertrain Control Module
(PCM), Fuel Pump/Oil Pressure
Switch, Fuel Pump Relay, Fan
Cont #I and #2 Relay
Automatic Transaxle, Transaxle
Range Switch (VIN M only)
A/C CMPR Relay (VIN M Only)
Fuse
F/INJN
PCM IGN
ELEK IGN
10
12
13
Relay
14
15
16
17
18
Description
Fuel Injectors
Powertrain Control Module (PCM),
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor (VIN
X only), EGR, CCP, Oxygen Sensor,
Vacuum Canister Switch
Electronic Ignition (EI)
Control Module
I/P Fuse Block
Passenger’s Side Underhood
Electrical Center, FRMP Relay,
Cooling Fans #1 and #2, Ignition
Relay, P/N Switch
FAN CONT #1 Relay, Circuit
Breaker D
Description
FUEL PUMP
A/C CMPR
FAN CONT #2 -- Secondary
Cooling Fan (Passenger’s Side)
FAN CONT #1 -- Primary
Cooling Fan (Driver’s Side)
Ignition Relay
Underhood Electrical Center Driver’s Side
-9
Additional fuses are in a fuse block on the driver’s side
of the engine compartment.
uuu
FAN #3
PARKLPS
HORN
on0
ABS
I
[
1i
Fuse
Description
11
IGN SWl -- I/P Fuse Block:
Radio, Wiper, HVAC, PWR
WDO, Circuit Breaker D, ABS
and Turn Signal Fuses;
Passenger’s Side Underhood
Electrical Center: F/IJN, ECM
IGN , TCC, ENG EMIS and
ELEK IGN Fuses
12
13
HD LPS -- Circuit Breaker to
Headlamp Switch
ABS -- ABS Relay
Relay
Description
Fuse
Description
14
ABS -- Anti-Lock Brake System
FAN#3
FAN CONT #3 Relay
15
PARK LPS
Headlamp Switch
FAN CONT #3 -- Secondary
Cooling Fan (Passenger’s Side)
HORN
Horn Relay, Underhood Lamp
16
HORN
ABS
Anti-Lock Brake System
Replacement Bulbs
mberBulb Lamps
Exterior
Back-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 156 or 3057
Center High-Mounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891T2
Front ParkingiTurn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3357NA
Headlamp, High-Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9005
9006
Headlamp, Low-Beam ....................
Sidemarker, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Sidemarker, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
3057
Stop/Tail/Turn Signal .....................
Interior Lamps
Bulb Number
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10230955
*For service information on these bulbs, contact your
Chevrolet dealer servicedepartment.
Capacities and Specifications
Please refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Index for more information.
Automatic Transaxle
Pan Removal and Replacement . . . . . 7 quarts (6.7 L)
After Complete Overhaul . . . . . . . . . 10 quarts (9.5 L)
When drainingh-eplucingconvertel; more fluid muy
be needed.
Cooling System Including Reservoir
3100 (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.6 quarts (10.94 L)
3.4L DOHC (Code X) . . . . . . . . 12.3 quarts(11.65 L)
Refrigerant (R-l34a),
Air Conditioning* . . . . . . . 1.88 pounds (0.85kg)
Engine Crankcase Oil and Filter Change
3100 (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 quarts (4.2 L)
3.4L DOHC (Code X) . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 quarts (5.2 L)
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 inches (559 mm)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hook
Fuel Tank
3100 (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6 gallons (62.8 L)
3.4L DOHC (Code X) . . . . . . . . 16.6 gallons (62.8 L)
-
*See “Air Conditioning Refrigerants” later in this section.
Note: All capacities areapproximate. When adding,
be sure to Jill to the approximate level, as
recommended in this manual. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Engine Specifications ....................
3100 (Code M)
Type .......................................
V6
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 CID (3100)
9.6: 1
Compression Ratio ...........................
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3-4-5-6
Thermostat Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195OF (9 1 " C )
Horsepower ..............................
160 0 5200
6-64
3.4L DOHC (Code X)
V6
207 CID (3.4L)
9.25: 1
1-2-3-4-5-6
195°F (91°C)
215 @ 5200
Normal Maintenance ReplacementPC.?Air Cleaner Filter
A1208C
All Engines ...........................
Battery
3100 (CodeM) .......................
600 CCA
3.4L DOHC (Code X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690 CCA
Engine Oil Filter
3100(CodeM) ..........................
PF47
PF51
3.4L DOHC (Code X) ....................
PCV Valve
3100 (Code M) .......................
CV892C
3.4L DOHC (Code X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV895C
Radiator Cap
All Engines .............................
RC27
Spark Plugs
3100 (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..41-940
Gap: 0.060” (.152 cm)
3.4L DOHC (Code X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-919
Gap: 0.045” (.1 14 cm)
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.5 inches (273.O cm)
Tread Width (Front) . . . . . . . . 59.5 inches (15 1.2 cm)
TreadWidth (Rear) . . . . . . . . 59.0 inches ( 150.0 cm)
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200.7 inches (509.9 cm)
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.5 inches ( 184.2 cm)
Height.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.8 inches (136.8 cm)
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your Chevrolet dealer.
@% NOTES
6-66
Section 7 Maintenance Schedule
This section covers the maintenance required your
for Chevrolet. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety,
dependability and emission control performance.
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-37
7-37
7-37
7-38
7-38
Introduction
Your Vehicle and the Environment
How This Section is Organized
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
Selecting the Right Schedule
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
At Each FuelFill
At Least Once Month
a
At Least Twice a Year
At Least Oncea Year
7-41
7-41
7-41
7-4 1
7-41
7-42
7-44
Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Steering, Suspension and Front DriveAxle
Boot and Seal Inspection
Exhaust SystemInspection
Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection
Throttle LinkageInspection
Brake System Inspection
Part D: Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants
Part E: Maintenance Record
7-1
Introduction
IMPORTANT.
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LEVEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties.See your
Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet, or your
Chevrolet dealerfor details.
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
How This Section is Organized
The remainder of this section is divided into five parts:
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services”shows
what to have doneand how often. Some of these
services can becomplex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified
service center do these jobs.
“Part B: Owner Checks and Services”tells you what
should be checked and when. It also explains what you
can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition.
“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections”explains
important inspections that your Chevrolet dealer’s
service department or another qualified service center
should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”lists
some products GM recommends to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
I
“Part E: Maintenance Record”provides a place for
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can
be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs, you can
be seriously injured.Do your own maintenance
work only if you have the required know-how
and the proper tools and equipment for the
job.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified
technician do the work.
If you are skilled enough to do somework on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
determine when your next maintenance should be done.
In addition, it isa good idea to keep your maintenance
receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know
exactly how you’ll drive it.You may drive very short
distances only a few times aweek. Or you may drive
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or
you may drive it to work, to do errands or in many
other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need
more frequent checksand replacements than you’ll find
in the schedules in this section. So please read this
section and note how youdrive. If you have any
questions on how tokeep your vehicle in good
condition, see your Chevrolet dealer.
The proper fluids and lubricantsto use are listed in Part D.
Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. All
parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done
before you or anyone else drives the vehicle.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
driving limits.
0
use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here’s how todecide which
schedule to follow:
This part tells you the maintenance services you should
have doneand when you should schedule them. If you
go to your dealer foryour service needs, you’ll know
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-4
. _ _
Maintenance Schedule
I Short Trip/City Definition
Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if any
one of these conditions is true for your vehicle:
0
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
Most trips are through dusty areas.
0
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle.
If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if
you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions
is that these conditions cause engine oil to break
down soonel:
Short Trip/City Intervals
Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 6,000 Miles(10 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles(25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
At 60,000 Miles (100000 km) Then Every
15,000 Miles(25 000 km): Camshaft Timing Belt
Inspection (3.4L Code X engine only).
Every 100,000 Miles (166000 km): Spark Plug Wire
Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
Every 150,000 Miles(240 000 km): Cooling System
Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule
on the following pages.
--
Maintenance Schedule
Follow this maintenanceschedule only if none of the
conditions from the Short Trip/City Maintenance
Schedule is true. Do not use this schedule if the vehicle
is used for trailer towing, driven in a dusty area or used
off paved roads. Use the Short Trip/City schedule for
these conditions.
Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under
highway conditions causes engine oil to break
down slower:
7-6
Every 7,500 Miles (12500 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Tire Rotation.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Tank,Cap and Lines Inspection.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
At 60,000 Miles(100 000 km) Then Every
15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Camshaft Timing Belt
Inspection (3.4L Code X engine only).
Every 100,000 Miles (166000 km): Spark Plug Wire
Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
Every 150,000 Miles(240 000 km): Cooling System
Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to followthe complete maintenance schedule on
the following pages.
--
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
3,000 Miles (5 000 km)
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the sameintervals. The services shown
at 150,000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at
the sameinterval after 150,000 miles(240 000km).
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
Footnotes
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance itemwill not nullify
the emissionwarranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
+ A good time to check your brakes is duringtire
rotation. See “Brake System Inspection”
under “Periodic
Maintenance Inspection’’ in Part C of this schedule.
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
I
BY:
7-7
I ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule I
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
I l
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
~
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
12,000 Miles (20 000 kmj
15,000 Miles (25 000 kmj
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
(See footnote?.)
i
SERVICED B Y
7-9
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
7-10
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
t
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED BY: I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
SERVICED BY:
I
7-11
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
I
DATE
7-12
I
ACTUALMILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY:^
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
39,000 Miles (65 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY:
I
7-13
I
I
Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
-3months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
(See footnote?.)
DATE
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
7-14
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
SERVICED BY:
I
1
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, thefluid andfilter not
do require changing.
DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE
BY:
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service,
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
I
DATE
7-16
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY: I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
1
SERVICED BY:
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service.
0Vehicles with 3.4L Code X engine only:
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
(Continued)
I ShortTrip/CityMaintenance
Schedule
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
60,000 Miles (I00 000 km) (Continued)
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
I
BY:
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
,
I
;
m -Io
/-lb
I
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
SERVICED B Y
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule
I
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
(See footnote?.)
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.
€
7-20
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY:
I
I
I
Short I’ripKity Maintenance Schedule
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
I
DATE
1
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule
I
87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
Cl Change engine oil and filter (or every
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
7-22
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
IShort Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote “f.)
c]Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE
BY
I ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule I
93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
(SERVICED BY: (
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
I
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Inspect spark plug wires.
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 F
(32°C) or higher.
O
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
(Continued)
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
100,000 Miles (166 000 km) (Continued)
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do notuse your vehicle under any of these
conditions, thefluid andfilter do
not require changing.
I
150,000 Miles (240 000 km)
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
(or every 60 months since last service,
whichever occurs first). See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index for what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test cooling
system andpressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
7-26
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
Long Trip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule
I
7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The services shown
at 150,000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at
the same interval after 150,000miles (240 000 km).
Footnotes
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicatedintervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
+ A good time to check your brakes is during tire
rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” in Part C of this schedule.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY.
7-27
Long TripMighway Maintenance Schedule
I
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter(or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE
7-28
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
BY
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
El Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
0Replace air cleaner filter.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-29
45,000 Miles (75000 km)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
every
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
Ifyou do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, thefluid andfilter not
do require changing.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
52,500 Miles (87500 km)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service,
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
(Continued)
7-31
60,000 Miles (100 000km) (Continued)
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
0Vehicles with 3.4L Code X engine only:
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0Replace air cleaner filter.
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Sewice.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
DATE
7-32
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
DATE
I
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
I
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.
17 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
DATE
I
ACTUALMILEAGE
ISERVICED B Y I
7-33
I Long Trip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule 1
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote T.)
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Sewice.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
I
I
DATE
7-34
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
1
I
LongTrip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
I
97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Inspect spark plug wires.
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Replace spark plugs.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
pattern and additional information.
(See footnote +.)
An Emission Control Service.
Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
(Continued)
7-35
I Long Trip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule I
150,000 Miles (240 000 km)
100,000 Miles (166 000 km) (Continued)
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
(or every 60 months since last service,
whichever occurs first). See “Engine
Coolant” in the Indexfor what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the
cooling system and pressure cap.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
Ifyou donot use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, thefluid andfilterdo not require changing.
‘AnEmission Control Service.
DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE
BY
I
DATE
~
I
ACTUALMILEAGEISERVICED
BY:
I
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Engine Coolant Level Check
Listed below are owner checks and services which
should be performed at the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the engine coolant level and add [email protected]
coolant mix if necessary. See “Engine Coolant” in the
Index for furtherdetails.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids orlubricants are added to your
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown in
Part D.
At Each Fuel Fill
It is importantfor you or a service station attendant to
pegorm these underhood checks at eachfuel fill.
Engine Oil Level Check
Check the engine oillevel and add the proper oil if
necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for
further details.
Windshield WasherFluid Level Check
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
for further details.
At Least Once a Month
Tire Inflation Check
Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures. See
“Tires” in the Index for further details.
Cassette Deck Service
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems” in the Index
for further details.
7-37
At Least %ice a Year
Restraint System Check
Make sure the safety beltreminder light and all your
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are
working properly. Lookfor any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If yousee anything that might
keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job, have it
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced.
Automatic Transaxle Check
Check the transaxlefluid level; add if needed. See
“Automatic Transaxle” in the Index. A fluid loss
may indicate a problem. Check the system and repair
if needed.
At Least Once a Year
Key Lock Cylinders Service
Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings,
and have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in Part D.
Wiper Blade Check
Lubricate all hinges andlatches, including those for the
hood, rear compartment, glove box door, console door
and any folding seathardware. Part D tells you what to
use. More frequent lubrication may be required when
exposed to a corrosive environment.
Inspect wiper bladesfor wear or cracking.Replace blade
inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or
miss areas of the windshield.Also see “Wiper Blades,
Cleaning” in the Index.
Body Lubrication Service
Starter Switch Check
’A
CAUTION:
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the
regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The starter
should work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). If
the starter works in any other position, your vehicle
needs service.
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock(BTSI) Check
A CAUTION:
When you are doing this c
,the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the key to the RUN
position, but don’t start the engine. Without applying
the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
needs service.
7-39
Ignition TransaxleLock Check
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn
the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift
lever is in PARK (P).
0
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the
parking brake.
0
To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With
the engine running and transaxle inNEUTRAL (N),
slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until thevehicle is held by the parking
brake only.
0
To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.
The key should come out only in LOCK.
Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle
PARK (P)
Mechanism Check
r
- -
When you are doing this check, your
vehicle
could begin to move. You or others couldbe
injured and property couldbe damaged. Make
sure thereis room in front
of your vehicle in case
it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake atonce should thevehicle begin to move.
Underbody Flushing Service
At least every spring,use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Takecare to
clean thoroughly any areas where mud andother debris
can collect.
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
Listed below are inspections and services which should be
performed at least twicea year (for instance, each spring
and fall). You should let your GM dealer’s service
department or other qualified service center
do these jobs.
Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at
once.
Proper procedures to perform these services may be
found in a GM service manual. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
holes, loose connections or other conditions which could
cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let
exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust” in
the Index.
Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection
Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,
fittings and clamps; replace as needed.
Throttle Linkage Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding,
Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle and for damaged or missing parts. Replace parts as
needed. Replace any cables that have high effort or
Boot and Seal Inspection
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering
system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signs of
wear or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering
lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc. Clean and then inspect the drive
axle boot seals for damage, tears or leakage. Replace
seals if necessary.
Exhaust System Inspection
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise
control cables.
Brake System Inspection
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings
for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have
your brakes inspected more often ifyour driving habits
or conditions result in frequent braking.
7-41
Part D: Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants
USAGE
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name,
part number or specification may be obtained from your
GM dealer.
~~
USAGE
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
7-42
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine oil with theAmerican
Petroleum Institute Certified For
Gasoline Engines “Starburst”
symbol of the proper viscosity. To
determine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicle’s engine, see
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
50/50 mixture of clean water
(preferably distilled) and use only
GM Goodwrench’ [email protected]
or Havoline’ [email protected]
coolant. See “Engine Coolant” in
the Index.
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Coolant
Supplement
Sealer
GM Part No. 3634621 or
equivalent with acomplete flush
and refill.
Hydraulic Brake
System
Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid
(GM Part No. 12377967 or
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Power Steering
System
GM Power Steering Fluid
(GM Part No. 1052884 - 1 pint,
1050017 - 1 quart, or equivalent).
Automatic
Transaxle
DEXR0N’-I11 Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock
Cylinders
Multi-Purpose lubricant, Superlube’
(GM Part No. 12346241 or
equivalent).
Windshield
Washer Solvent
GM Optikleen’ Washer Solvent
(GM Part No. 1051515)
or equivalent.
’
I
1i
USAGE
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Hood Latch
Assembly,
Pivots, Spring
Anchor and
Release Pawl
Lubriplate lubricant aerosol
(GM Part No. 12346293 or
equivalent) orlubricant meeting
requirements of NLGI # 2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door
Hinges
Multi-purpose lubricant, [email protected]
(GM Part No. 12346241
or eauivalent).
USAGE
Door Hinge
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant Fuel
(GM Part No. 1050109).
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM
Part No. 12345579 orequivalent).
See “Replacement Parts” in theIndex for recommended
replacement filters and spark plugs.
7-43
Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the
date, odometer reading and who performed the service
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.
Any additional information from “Owner Checks and
Services” or“Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio
is a convenientplace to store them.
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED
READING
DATE
BY
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
Maintenance Record
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
~~
~-
~
~
~-
. .
.
Maintenance Record
"?
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
Maintenance Record
.?-48
Maintenance Record
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
7-49
I
Maintenance Record
Section 8 Customer Assistance Information
Here you will find outhow to contact Chevroletif you need assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety defects.
8-2
8-4
8-5
8-7
8-8
8-9
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone
('M'Y) Users
ChevroletIGeo Roadside AssistanceProgram
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Courtesy Transportation
GM Participation in an Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program
8- 10
8- 10
8-11
8-11
8-11
Warranty Information
Reporting Safety Defects tothe United
States Government
Reporting Safety Defectsto the
Canadian Government
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
Ordering Service andOwner Publications
in Canada
8-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
I
I
Chevrolet dealers have the facilities, trained technicians
and up-to-date information to promptly address any
concerns you may have. However, if a concern has not
been resolved to your complete satisfaction, take the
following steps:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member
of dealership management. Normally, concerns can
be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has
already been reviewed with the sales, service or parts
manager, contact the owner of the dealership or the
General Manager.
8-2
STEP TWO -- If after contactinga member of
dealership management, it appearsyour concern
cannot be resolved by the dealership without further
help, contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center by calling 1-800-222- 1020.In Canada,
contact GM of Canada Customer Communication
Centre in Oshawaby calling 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
For help outside of the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate:
0 In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
0
In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
0
In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4 135
(English) or 1-800-751-4136 (Spanish)
0
Inthe Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0 122
In all other Caribbean countries: (809)763-1 3 15
In other overseas locations, call GM International
Product Center in Canada at: (905) 644-41 12.
For prompt assistance, please have the following
information available to give the Customer
Assistance Representative:
0
0
0
0
Your name, address, home and business
telephone numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at
the top left of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
Dealership name and location
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
Nature of concern
We encourage you to call us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However, if you wish to write
Chevrolet, address your inquiry to:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario LlH 8P7
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information booklet for addresses of
GM Overseas offices.
Whm contacting Chevrolet, please
remember that
your concern will likely be resolved in the dealership,
using the dealer’s facilities, equipment and personnel.
That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if
you have a concern.
Customer Assistancefor Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones(TTYs),
Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. (TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
ChevroletlGeo Roadside
Assistance Program
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day,
365 days ayear, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
(1-800-243-8872). Thistoll-free number will provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor
mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone,our advisors have accessto a
nationwide network of dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside membership is free, however some
services may incur costs.
Roadside offers two levels of service to the customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy" Care:
0
Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
0
Free towing for warranty repairs
0
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
0
Available dealer services at reasonable costs (ie.,
wrecker services, locksmithkey service, glass
repair, etc.)
To enhance Chevrolet's strong commitment
to customer
satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited to announce the
establishment of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance
Center. As the owner of a 1997 Chevrolet/Geo,
membership in Roadside Assistanceis free.
8-5
ROADSIDE Courtesy" Cure PROVIDES:
Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined above)
Plus:
0
FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from alegal roadway)
0
FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost
on the road or locked inside)
0
FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road)
FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road)
0
FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on
the road)
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation for
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with
the coverageprovided by the Bumper to Bumper
New Vehicle Limited Warranty to eligible purchasers
of 1997 Chevrolet/Geo passenger car and light duty
trucks. (Please seeyour selling dealer fordetails.)
Note: Courtesy Cure is available to Retail and Retail Lease
Customers operating 1997 and newer Chevrolet/Geo
vehicles for a period of 3 years/36,000 miles (600o0 km),
whichever occurs first. All Courtesy Cure services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or dealer
Service Management.
Basic Care and Courtesy Careare not part of or
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the
right to
modify or discontinueBasic Cure and Courtesy Cure
at any time.
8-6
Please refer to the RoadsideAssistance brochure
For complete programdetails, see your ChevroletlGeo
dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure. inside your owner information portfolio for full
program details.
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies
that
will provide you with quality and priority service. When
Canadian Roadside Assistance
roadside services are required, our advisorswill explain
Vehicles purchased in Canada havean extensive
any payment obligations that may be incurred for
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
utilizing outside services.
in Canada or theUnited States. Please refer to the
For prompt assistance when calling, please have the
separate brochureprovided by the dealer orcall
following available to give
to the advisor:
1-800-268-6800 foremergency services.
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
License plate number
0
Vehicle color
0
Vehicle location
Telephone number where you can be reached
0
Vehicle mileage
0
Description of problem
Courtesy Wansportation
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportationfor
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the
coverage provided by the Bumper to Bumper New
Vehicle Limited Warranty to retail purchasers of
1997 Chevrolet/Geo passenger cars and light duty
trucks (please see your selling dealer for details).
Courtesy Transportation includes:
0 One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair
completed during the same day.
0
0
0
Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance
for any overnight warranty repair up
to five days, OR
Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus or other
transportation allowance in lieu of rentalfor any
overnight warranty repair up to five days, OR
Up to $10 daily fuel allowance for rides provided by
another person (i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of
rental for any overnight warranty repair up to five days.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will
be administered by your Chevrolet/Geo dealer
service management. Claim amounts should reflect
all actual costs.
Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation is not part
of the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo reserves the right to make
any changes or discontinue Courtesy Transportation
at any time without notification.
For additional program details, contact your
Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
Some state insurance regulations make it impractical to
rent vehicles to people under 21years of age. If you are
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle, Chevrolet
will reimburse up to $30/dayfor documented
transportation you receive.
For warranty repairs during theComplete Vehicle
Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
interim transportation may be available under the
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
dealer for details. The Roadside Assistance program is
available only in the UnitedStates and Canada.
0
In Canada, please consult your GM dealer for
information on Courtesy Transportation.
GM Participation in an Alternative
Dispute Resolution Program
This program is available in all 50 states and the
District of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for
information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to
change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue its
participation in this program.
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer
are committed
to making sure youare completely satisfied with yournew
vehicle. Our experience has shown that,if a situation
arises where youfeel your concern has not been
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier inthis section is very successful.
There may be instances where an impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in
BBB AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle automotive disputes. This program is available
free of charge to customers who currently own or lease a
GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203- 1804
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
and a statement of the nature of your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
8-9
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary. If
this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing will
be scheduled where eligible customers may present their
case to an impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be
bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the
time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Some state laws may require you to use this program
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program
or in the courts. For further information, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5100 or the Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020.
Warranty Information
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet
that contains detailed warranty information.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITEDSTATES
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
8-10
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K1G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please callus at 1-800-222-1020 or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, Michigan 48007-7047
In Canada, pleasecall us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Ordering Service andOwner
Publications in Canada
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manuals and
other service literature are available for purchase for all
current and past model General Motors vehicles.
The toll-free telephone number for ordering information
in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1997 CHEVROLET/GEO
OWNER’S INFORMATION
SERVICE MANUALS
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical, steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$90.00
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL
This manual provides information on unit repair service
procedures, adjustments and specifications for the
1997 GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$40.00
SERVICE BULLETINS
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the
diagnosis and serviceof your vehicle.
ORDER TOLL FREE
(NOTE: for Credit Card Holders Only)
1-800-782-4356
(Monday-Friday8:OO AM - 6:OO PM EST)
FAX
Orders
Only 1-313-865-5927
PUBLICATION FORM
NUMBER
Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. Please allow ade uate time for postal
service. If further information is needed, write to the address sghown below or call
1-800-782-4356.
Material
cannot
be
returned
for
credit
without
packing
slip
with
return
information within30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied
against
the
original
order.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
PRICE
Manual
MODEL
VEHICLE
I YEAR
Service
Car & Light Truck
Transmission Unit Repair
Owner's Manual In Portfolio
$1 1997
5.00
Owner's Manual Without Portfolio
$1 1997
0.00
(ATTENTION)
(ZIP CODE)
(STATE)
4YTIME TELEPHONE NO.
0
AREA CODE
bRD97
PRICE
EACH*
$40.00
TREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS)
ITY)
QTY'
1997
3TE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the
Check or Money
[me of the personto whose attention the shipment should be sent.
Order payable to
ail completed order formto:
Helm, Inc.(USA funds
HELM, INCORPORATED P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207
only do not send cash.)
)r purchases outsideU.S.A. please writeto the above addressfor quotation.
USTOMER'S NAME)
'
*(Pricesare subject to change without notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.)
P
A
Y
M
E
N
T
-
-
TOTAL
TOTAL MATERIAL
US. Order Processing
MasterCard
0
n
VISA
GRAND TOTAL
I L
Discover
Number:
Expiration
Date molyr:
mml
Check
here from
if youryour
billing
address
is different
shipping
address shown.
CUSTOMER SIGNATURE
Note to Canadian Customers:All listed pricesare quoted in US. funds. Canadian residents
are to make checks payablein U.S. funds. To cover Canadian postage, add
$11.50 plus the
U.S. order processing.
b
8-14
NOTES
0 Section 9
Index
Adding Equipment to the Outsideof Your Vehicle . . . . . 6-3
1-20
AirBag .......................................
1-24
How Does it Restrain ..........................
1-22
Howitworks ................................
1-22
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 1.2.49
Readiness Light .........................
1-25
Servicing ...................................
1-23
What Makes it Inflate ..........................
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-23
When Should it Inflate .........................
1-20
AirBagSystem ................................
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16
3-4
AirConditioning ................................
6-65
Air Conditioning Refrigerants .....................
6-43
Alignment and Balance. Tire ......................
6-5 1
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning ......................
Antenna. Fixed Mast ............................
3-20
6-20
Antifreeze .....................................
Anti-Lock
Brake System Active Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.52.4.9
Brake System Warning Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51.4.7
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-7
3- 15
Anti.Theft. Radio ..............................
Appearancecare ...............................
6-45
Appearance Care Materials .......................
6-54
Arbitration Program ..............................
8-9
Armrest.Storage ...............................
2-37
2-40
Ashtrays ......................................
Audio Controls. Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-18
Audio Equipment. Adding ........................
Audio System. Tips .............................
3-18
3-6
Audio Systems ..................................
2-26
Auto-Down Window ............................
Automatic
2-18
Overdrive ...................................
7-38
Transaxle Check ..............................
6-17
Transaxle Fluid ...............................
2-16
Transaxle Operation ...........................
2-42
Auxiliary Power Connection ......................
B a c k - u p Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Battery .......................................
6-30
5-3
Jump Starting .................................
Replacement. Remote Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-36
Saver ......................................
Warnings ................................
5.3. 5.5
8-9
BBB Auto Line .................................
Better Business Bureau Mediation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
9-1
Brake
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Fluid ....................................... 6-27
6-27
Master Cylinder ..............................
Parking ..................................... 2-20
PedalTravel ................................. 6-30
Replacing System Parts ........................ 6-30
System Warning Light .................... 2-50, 6-28
4-34
Trailer ......................................
Transaxle Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Transaxle Shift Interlock Check.................. 7-39
Wear .......................................
6-29
Brakes, Anti-Lock ............................... 4-7
4-6
Braking ........................................
Braking in Emergencies ...........................
4-9
2- 12
Break-In, New Vehicle ..........................
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
BTSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
BTSICheck ................................... 7-39
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 1
Canadian Roadside Assistance ....................
8-7
Capacities and Specifications ......................
6-63
CarbonMonoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8,2-25,4-27, 4-33
7-37
Cassette Deck Service ...........................
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 19
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Bulb Replacement.... 6-34
Center Passenger Position ........................ 1-26
CertificationLabel ..............................
4-29
4-34
Chains,Safety .................................
Chains. Tire ...................................
6-45
9-2
Change Oil Soon Light ..........................2-58
Changing a Flat Tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Charging System Light ..........................2-49
Checking Your Restraint Systems .................. 1-45
Chemical Paint Spotting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Child Restraints ................................ 1-34
Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position........... 1-36
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position. . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Securing in the Passenger Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position.......... 1-39
TopStrap ....,.....,......,................. l-35
WheretoPut ................................
1-34
2-39
CigaretteLighter ...............................
Circuit Breakers and Fuses ....................... 6-56
Cleaner, Air ................................... 6-16
6-46
Cleaning ......................................
Aluminum Wheels ............................ 6-52
Exterior Lampshenses ........................
6-51
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
FabricProtection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-47
Glass Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Inside of Your Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-46
Instrumentpanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
6-51
Outside of Your Chevrolet ......................
SafetyBelts ................................. 6-50
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-46
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Wheels .....................................
6-51
Windshield and Wiper Blades ................... 6-50
Climate Control System ...........................
3-2
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3- 1
Comfort Controls ................................
Compact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 11
Compact Disc Player Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 14
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
2-39
Console Storage ................................
4-6
Control of a Vehicle ..............................
2-39
ConvenienceNet ...............................
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
6-23
Adding .....................................
5-21
Bleedvalves .................................
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
2- 15
Heater. Engine ...............................
RecoveryTank ...............................
5-17
Whattouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 15
2-35
Courtesy Lamps ................................
8-8
Courtesy Transportation ...........................
Cruise Control .................................
2-30
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37. 2-38
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users
. . . . . . . . . 8-4
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ....................
8-2
Damage. Finish ...............................
Damage. Sheet Metal ............................
Daytime Running Lamps .........................
6-52
6-5 1
2-34
DeadBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
8-10
Defects. Reporting Safety ........................
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Defogger. Rear Window ..........................
3-6
3-5
Defogging .....................................
Defrosting .....................................
3-5
Dimensions.Vehicle ............................
6-64
3-10
[email protected] Noise Reduction .......................
Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement ....................
6-36
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-38
Door Storage Compartment .......................
Drive Position. Automatic Transaxle ................ 2-18
DriverPosition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Driving
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Defensive ....................................
4-2
4-3
Drunken .....................................
4-20
Freeway ....................................
InaBlizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
4-16
IntheRain ..................................
Night ......................................
4-14
OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
On Grades While Towing a Trailer ............... 4-36
On Hill and Mountain Roads ....................
4-22
On Snow and Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4-18
Throughwater ...............................
WetRoads ..................................
4-16
4-24
Winter ......................................
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
DrunkenDriving ................................
4-3
9-3
.
......
-,-.---
..
Electrical Equipment. Adding .......... 2- 14.3.18. 6.56
Electronic Climate Control ........................
3-2
Engine ....................................
6.8. 6.9
Coolant .....................................
6-20
Coolant Heater ...............................
2- 15
Coolant Level Check ..........................
7-37
Coolant Temperature Gage .....................
2-53
Coolant Temperature Light .....................
2-52
Exhaust .....................................
2-25
6-55
Identification ................................
7-37
OilLevelCheck ..............................
Manual
Language
Overheating .................................
5-13
Runningwhileparked .........................
2-25
6-64
Specifications ................................
Starting Your ................................
2-13
6-10
Engine Oil ....................................
Adding .....................................
6-11
Additives ....................................
6-15
Checking ...................................
6- 11
6-15
Used .......................................
What Kind to Use .............................
6-12
6- 15
When to Change..............................
Ethanol ........................................
6-4
2-25
Exhaust. Engine ................................
2-33
Exterior Lamps .................................
Fabric Cleaning ...............................
6-46
FabricProtection ...............................6-47
Fan Knob, Climate Control System..................3-2
Filling Your Tank ................................
6-5
en
6-16
Filter, Air .....................................
9-4
.
6-15
Filter. Engine Oil ...............................
6-51
Finishcare ....................................
6-53
FinishDamage .................................
First Gear, Automatic Transaxle ................... 2-19
Flashers, Hazard Warning .........................
5-2
.............................
FloorMats .................................... 2-41 91FZ&
Fluids and Lubricants ............................ 7-42
6 - 4 ~
Foreign Countries, Fuel ...........................
1-31
Four-Way Manual Front Seat ......................
........................... 1..1 1
French
Front Parking Bulb Replacement................... 6-32
Front Towing ..................................
5-10
Front Turn Signal Bulb Replacement................ 6-32
Fuel .......................................... 6-3
Canadian ....................................6-3
Filling Your Tank .............................. 6-5
Gage .......................................
2-59
In Foreign Countries ...........................
6-4
6-57
Fuses and Circuit Breakers .......................
c
1
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature ....................2-51
Fuel ....................................... 2-57
GAWR .......................................
4-29
Gear Positions, Automatic Transaxle................ 2-16
GloveBox .................................... 2-38
Gross Axle Weight Rating ........................
4-29
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ...................... 4-29
..
Guide Franpis ................................ -11
GVWR ....................................... 4-29
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
5-2
Hazard Warning Flashers ..........................
HeadRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 1
2-28
High/Low Beam Changer ......................
OnReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Hearing Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 18
Hearing Impaired, Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
3-4
Heating ........................................
High-BeamHeadlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-22
HillandMountainRoads .........................
Hitches, Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Hood
6-6
Checking Things Under .........................
6-7
Release ......................................
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Ignition Positions ..............................
2. 12
Illumination. Sustained Interior ....................
2-35
Inflation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
7-4 1
Inspections ....................................
Brakesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
ExhaustSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Front Drive Axle Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Front Drive Axle Seal .........................
7-41
7-41
Radiator and Heater Hose ......................
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
7-41
Suspension ..................................
7-41
Throttle Linkage ..............................
InstrumentPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
2-35
Brightness Control ............................
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
6-57
FuseBlock ..................................
2-35
InteriorLamps .................................
Jack. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
5-3
Jump Starting ...................................
7-38
K e y Lock Cylinders Service .....................
Key Reminder Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Labels
4-29
Certification .................................
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
4-28
Tire-Loading Information ......................
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
2-33
Lamps ........................................
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Exterior ....................................
2-33
2-34
Interior .....................................
OnReminder ................................
2-33
1-6
Latches. Seatback ................................
Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-23
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Lights
Air Bag Readiness .......................
1.21.2.47
Anti-Lock Brake System Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50.4.9
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49.4.7
Brake System Warning ....................
2.48.6.28
2-56
Change Oil Soon .............................
2-47
ChargingSystem .............................
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Interior .....................................
2-34
Low Coolant Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51.6.23
Low Oil Level Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.55.6.10
Oilwarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
1.8.2.46
Safety Belt Reminder ......................
2-56
Security ....................................
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Loading YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4
7-38
Cylinders ...................................
2-4
Door ........................................
Key Lock Cylinder Service .....................
7-38
2-4
PowerDoor ..................................
Steering Column Park Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Loss of Control ................................
4- 13
Low Coolant Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.53.6.23
Low Oil Level Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57.6.10
Lubricants and Fluids ............................ 7-42
Lubrication Service. Body ........................
7-38
Maintenance. Normal Replacement Parts ........... 6-65
MaintenanceRecord ............................
7-44
Maintenance Schedule ............................
7-1
Long Triphlighway ...........................
7-27
Long Tripmighway Definition ................... 7-6
Long Tripmighway Intervals .....................
7-6
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Periodic Maintenance Inspections ................ 7-41
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ............. 7-42
Scheduled Maintenance Services.................. 7-4
Short Trip/City ................................ 7-7
Short Trip/City Definition ....................... 7-5
Short Trip/City Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Maintenance. Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ......................
2-54
ManualFrontSeat ............................... 1-2
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
2-37
Convex Outside ..............................
Inside Daymight Rearview ..................... 2-36
Power Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Visorvanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Mode Knob. Climate Control System ................ 3-3
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
N e t . Convenience ..............................
2-39
Neutral. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2- 12
New Vehicle “Break-In” .........................
4- 15
Night Vision ...................................
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45
2-45
Odometer. Trip .................................
4-11
Off-RoadRecovery .............................
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
2-56
Oil Warning Light ..............................
Overdrive. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 18
5- 13
Overheating Engine .............................
7-37
Owner Checks and Services.......................
Ownerhblications. Ordering .....................
8-12
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Park
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 16
Shifting Into .................................
2-21
2-24
Shifting Out of ...............................
Parking
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Brake ......................................
2-20
Brake and Automatic Transaxle
PARK (P)
Mechanism Check ...........................
7-40
Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Over Things That Burn ........................
2-24
WithaTrailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Parking On Hills. Leaving ........................
4-37
PassengerPosition ..............................
1-20
Passing . . b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
PASS-Key I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Power
Door Locks ...................................
2-4
OptionFuses ................................
6-57
Outside Mirror ...............................
2-37
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Steering .....................................
4-9
SteeringFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Pregnancy, Use of Safety Belts ....................
1-19
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Publications, Service and Owner ................... 8-12
5-20
Radiator .....................................
Radiator Pressure Cap ........................... 6-24
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3-7
Radios ........................................
Rain, Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4-18
Rain. OtherTips ................................
2-35
ReadingLamps ................................
Rear
Outside Seat Position ..........................
1-27
Safety Belt Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Seatpassengers ..............................
1-27
Split Folding Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Window Defogger .............................
3-6
Rearview Mirror, InsideDaymight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
9-7
sw
Belt Eixkada ............................
Sd*[email protected] ....................................
Adm3 ......................................
.......................................
P~~itiw
......................
m & @ n....................................
cat^ I%-W
1-45
1-7
1-112
650
1-26
1-32
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-58
2- 10
Security System ................................
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 2
8- 12
Bulletins. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-52
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manuals. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 12
6-55
Parts Identification Label .......................
8- 12
Publications. Ordering .........................
Publications. Ordering in Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I 1
Work. Doing Your Own .........................
6-2
Service and Appearance Care ......................
6- 1
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 12
Service Publications .............................
8- 12
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . 1-25
6-52
Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
ShiftLever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting
2-16
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-21
Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
OutofPark ..................................
2-28
SignalingTurns ................................
Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-13
Sound Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3- 18
Spare Tire
5-35
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire . 5-28
6-62
Specifications and Capacities ......................
6-63
Specifications. Engine ...........................
Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-45
Stains. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-46
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9
7-40
Column Park Lock Check ......................
4-10
In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4-9
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
Wheel. Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-17
Steering Wheel Audio Controls ....................
2-38
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
2-40
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-43
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols.Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
viii
Synchronization. Remote Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-47
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-35
Taillamp Bulb Replacement .......................
3-19
Tape Player Care ...............................
Temperature Control. Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
3-15
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
THEFTLOCK" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24
2-27
Tilt Steering Wheel .............................
Time. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6
Tirechains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
TireLoading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-28
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-37
Alignment and Balance ........................
6-43
6-41
Buying New .................................
Chains .....................................
6-45
Changing a Flat ..............................
5-24
6-51
Cleaning ....................................
Compact Spare ............................... 5-35
Inflation ....................................6-38
Inflationcheck ............................... 7-37
Inspection and Rotation ........................ 6-39
Loading .................................... 4-28
Pressure .................................... 6-38
.......
. . . 5-25
RemovingtheSpareTireandTools
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools................... 5-33
Storing the Spare Tire and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
6-42
Traction ....................................
6-42
Treadwe ar...................................
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Used Replacement Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
WearIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
6-43
Wheel Replacement ...........................
When It’s Time for New ....................... 6-40
TopStrap ..................................... 1-35
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
TowingaTrailer ................................ 4-30
Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Trailer
BackingUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Brakes ..................................... 4-34
4-36
Driving on Grades ............................
9-10
Drivingwith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
FollowingDistance ........................... 4-35
Hitches .....................................
4-33
Maintenance When Towing ......................4-37
Making Turns ................................
4-35
4-36
ParkingonHills ..............................
Passing .....................................
4-35
SafetyChains ................................ 4-34
4-32
Tongueweight ...............................
4-33
Total Weight on Tires ..........................
4-30
Towing .....................................
Turn Signals .................................4-36
Weight ..................................... 4-32
Transaxle Fluid. Automatic ....................... 6-17
Transmitters. Remote Keyless Entry .................2-5
Transportation.Courtesy ..........................
8-8
Trip. Before Leaving ............................ 4-21
Trip Odometer .................................
2-45
TrUnk
Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Release. Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
TTYUsers ..................................... 8-4
Turn Signaland Lane Change Signals............... 2-28
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever................... 2-27
Turn Signals When Towinga Trailer ................4-36
Underbody Flushing
Service ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Underbody Maintenance ......................... 6-53
Underhood Electrical Center ................. 6-60. 6-61
Vehicle
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
DamageWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
IdentificationNumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Storage ......................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
VisorVanity Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Visors. Sun ..................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
w a r n i n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators............... 2-48
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... 8-10
Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Weatherstrips ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Wheel
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-43
Wrench .....................................
5-26
Windows .....................................
2-26
Auto-Down .................................
2-26
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
.
Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Fluid ..................................
2.29. 6.25
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
Windshield Wipers ..............................
2-29
BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-56
Winter Driving .................................
4-24
Wiper Blade Check .............................
7-38
Wiring.Headlamp ..............................
6-55
WreckerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8
Wrench. Wheel .................................
5-26
Y o u r Driving and the Road
.......................
4-1
e Service Station Checkpoints
ENGINE COOLANT
RESERVOIR
P5-17 AND P6-20
TIRES
P6-37
ENGINE OIL
DIPSTICK
P6-10
2-
SECONDARY
HOOD RELEASE
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
REMOTE
P6-7
FLUID
P6-25
REMOTE TRUNK
RELEASE
P2-9
P6-5
BATTERY
TERMINAL
P5-3
FUEL
RELEASE
For detailed information, refer to the page number listed, or see the Index in the back of the owner’s manual.
9-12
-
~~
~~
~
i
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement